;


Sūkta 9.1 

svā́diṣṭʰayā mádiṣṭʰayā pávasva soma dʰā́rayā |
índrāya pā́tave sutáḥ || 1||



1. With the sweetest, most exhilarating stream,
   flow on, О Soma,
   pressed for Indra to drink.



rakṣohā́ viśvácarṣaṇirabʰí yónimáyohatam |
drúṇā sadʰástʰamā́sadat || 2||



2. The demon-killer, to whom all people belong,
   has seated himself on his seat on the wooden (pressing boards),
   towards his iron-hewn place of origin.



varivodʰā́tamo bʰava máṃhiṣṭʰo vṛtrahántamaḥ |
párṣi rā́dʰo magʰónām || 3||



3. Be the best bringer of wealth, (be) the most liberal,
   the greatest killer of enemies;
   quicken (to us) the wealth of the patrons.



abʰyàrṣa mahā́nāṃ devā́nāṃ vītímándʰasā |
abʰí vā́jamutá śrávaḥ || 4||



4. Run towards the feast of the great Gods
   with (thy) intoxicating juice;
   (run) towards strength and fame.



tvā́mácʰā carāmasi tádídártʰaṃ divédive |
índo tvé na āśásaḥ || 5||



5. To thee we approach (with service)
   day by day with the same aim;
   О Indu, our prayers (are) for thee.



punā́ti te parisrútaṃ sómaṃ sū́ryasya duhitā́ |
vā́reṇa śáśvatā tánā || 6||



6. The Sun's daughter purifies thy Soma-juice
   running on all sides,
   by the strainer (lit. hair) spread permanently.



támīmáṇvīḥ samaryá ā́ gṛbʰṇánti yóṣaṇo dáśa |
svásāraḥ pā́rye diví || 7||



7. Him, indeed, grasp
   the ten slender ladies in the sacrifice—the sisters,
   on the decisive day.



támīṃ hinvantyagrúvo dʰámanti bākuráṃ dṛ́tim |
tridʰā́tu vāraṇáṃ mádʰu || 8||



8. The unmarried (ones) indeed send him (onwards);
   (they) blow the singing pipe (lit. leather-bag),
   (so as to bring out) the three-fold favourite sweet drink.



abʰī̀mámágʰnyā utá śrīṇánti dʰenávaḥ śíśum |
sómamíndrāya pā́tave || 9||



9. Moreover, him, the young calf, indeed,
   join the milk-giving (lit. unstrikable) cows,—
   (him) the Soma for Indra to drink.



asyédíndro mádeṣvā́ víśvā vṛtrā́ṇi jigʰnate |
śū́ro magʰā́ ca maṃhate || 10||



10. Indeed in the exhilarations (caused) by him,
   Indra kills all enemies,
   and (then, he) the hero distributes gifts.






Sūkta 9.2 

pávasva devavī́ráti pavítraṃ soma ráṃhyā |
índramindo vṛ́ṣā́ viśa || 1||



1. Flow on, (thou) the worshipper of gods,
   O Soma, with speed across the strainer;
   O Indu, (thou) the male par excellence (lit. bull), enter into Indra.



ā́ vacyasva máhi psáro vṛ́ṣendo dyumnávattamaḥ |
ā́ yóniṃ dʰarṇasíḥ sadaḥ || 2||



2. Run on (so as to assume) a great form,
   (thou) the male par excellence, О Indu, the greatest possessor of lustre;
   (thou) the strong one, sit on (thy) seat.



ádʰukṣata priyáṃ mádʰu dʰā́rā sutásya vedʰásaḥ |
apó vasiṣṭa sukrátuḥ || 3||



3. The cherished sweet drink, the stream of pressed (Soma),
   the distributor, is milked out;
   the wise one has clothed himself with waters.



mahā́ntaṃ tvā mahī́ránvā́po arṣanti síndʰavaḥ |
yádgóbʰirvāsayiṣyáse || 4||



4. After thee, the great, the great running waters flow,
   when thou art about
   to be clothed with milk (lit. cows).



samudró apsú māmṛje viṣṭambʰó dʰarúṇo diváḥ |
sómaḥ pavítre asmayúḥ || 5||



5. The Ocean (lit. where the waters flow) is cleansed in the waters,
   the strong supporter of Heaven;
   the Soma, favouring us (while passing), in the strainer.



ácikradadvṛ́ṣā hárirmahā́nmitró ná darśatáḥ |
sáṃ sū́ryeṇa rocate || 6||



6. The reddish brown Bull has roared;
   the great, conspicuous like (God) Mitra;
   he shines with the Sun (for rivalry).



gírasta inda ójasā marmṛjyánte apasyúvaḥ |
yā́bʰirmádāya śúmbʰase || 7||



7. Thy active songs, О Indu, groom (thee) with strength,
   with which (songs)
   thou beautifiest thyself for exhilaration.



táṃ tvā mádāya gʰṛ́ṣvaya u lokakṛtnúmīmahe |
táva práśastayo mahī́ḥ || 8||



8. To such thee, the maker of light,
   we approach for strong exhilaration;
   thy praises (indeed) are great.



asmábʰyamindavindrayúrmádʰvaḥ pavasva dʰā́rayā |
parjányo vṛṣṭimā́m̐ iva || 9||



9. O Indu, wishing (to please) Indra,
   run for us with the stream of honey
   like the rain-giving Parjanya (rain-cloud).



goṣā́ indo nṛṣā́ asyaśvasā́ vājasā́ utá |
ātmā́ yajñásya pūrvyáḥ || 10||



10. O Indu, thou art the winner of cows,
   the winner of heroes, the winner of horses and the winner of treasures,
   the first soul of the sacrifice.






Sūkta 9.3 

eṣá devó ámartyaḥ parṇavī́riva dīyati |
abʰí dróṇānyāsádam || 1||



1. This immortal god flies like a winged bird
   towards the wooden pots
   in order to sit (there).



eṣá devó vipā́ kṛtó'ti hvárāṃsi dʰāvati |
pávamāno ádābʰyaḥ || 2||



2. The god, prepared by the movement (of fingers),
   runs beyond the impediments,
   the Pavamana, the undeceivable.



eṣá devó vipanyúbʰiḥ pávamāna ṛtāyúbʰiḥ |
hárirvā́jāya mṛjyate || 3||



3. This god is groomed by the singers,
   the Pavamana by the sacrifices,
   (he) the reddish-brown for (obtaining) treasures.



eṣá víśvāni vā́ryā śū́ro yánniva sátvabʰiḥ |
pávamānaḥ siṣāsati || 4||



4. This (god) Pavamana, marching like a hero
   with his impetuous (followers),
   wins all cherishable things.



eṣá devó ratʰaryati pávamāno daśasyati |
āvíṣkṛṇoti vagvanúm || 5||



5. This god moves like a chariot,
   while flowing (the Pavamana) gives gifts (and)
   manifests a continuous sound.



eṣá víprairabʰíṣṭuto'pó devó ví gāhate |
dádʰadrátnāni dāśúṣe || 6||



6. This god, well-praised by the singers,
   dives in the waters,
   holding precious gifts for the worshipper.



eṣá dívaṃ ví dʰāvati tiró rájāṃsi dʰā́rayā |
pávamānaḥ kánikradat || 7||



7. This (god) sweeps towards heaven
   by his stream across the spaces,
   the Pavamana profusely roaring.



eṣá dívaṃ vyā́sarattiró rájāṃsyáspṛtaḥ |
pávamānaḥ svadʰvaráḥ || 8||



8. This (god) has glided towards heaven,
   undefeated across the spaces,
   the Pavamana, possessed of a good sacrifice.



eṣá pratnéna jánmanā devó devébʰyaḥ sutáḥ |
háriḥ pavítre arṣati || 9||



9. This god, pressed for the gods,
   by the ancient (mode of) generation,
   the reddish-brown, runs into the strainer.



eṣá u syá puruvrató jajñānó janáyanníṣaḥ |
dʰā́rayā pavate sutáḥ || 10||



10. Indeed this, that (famous god)
   possessed of many wonder-works, creating food
   (when) born, runs by his stream, (when) pressed.






Sūkta 9.4 

sánā ca soma jéṣi ca pávamāna máhi śrávaḥ |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 1||



1. О Soma, win great fame and
   О Pavamana, be victorious;
   moreover, make us happier.



sánā jyótiḥ sánā svàrvíśvā ca soma saúbʰagā |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 2||



2. Win light, win heaven (and win),
   О Soma, all fortunate gifts;
   moreover, make us happier.



sánā dákṣamutá krátumápa soma mṛ́dʰo jahi |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 3||



3. Win speed and wisdom, O Soma,
   hunt away the enemies
   moreover, make as happier.



pávītāraḥ punītána sómamíndrāya pā́tave |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 4||



4. O purifiers, purify Soma
   for Indra to drink;
   moreover, make us happier.



tváṃ sū́rye na ā́ bʰaja táva krátvā távotíbʰiḥ |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 5||



5. Make us share in (the light of) the Sun
   by thy wisdom (and) by thy protecting ways;
   moreover, make us happier.



táva krátvā távotíbʰirjyókpaśyema sū́ryam |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 6||



6. By thy wisdom, by thy protecting ways,
   may we ever see the Sun!
   Moreover, make us happier.



abʰyàrṣa svāyudʰa sóma dvibárhasaṃ rayím |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 7||



7. О well-weaponed Soma,
   flow to doubly-grown wealth;
   moreover, make us happier.



abʰyàrṣā́napacyuto rayíṃ samátsu sāsahíḥ |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 8||



8. Unconquered, flow towards wealth,
   daring in battles (as thou art);
   moreover, make us happier.



tvā́ṃ yajñaíravīvṛdʰanpávamāna vídʰarmaṇi |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 9||



9. They have strengthened thee by sacrifices.
   О Pavamana, for spreading out;
   moreover, make us happier.



rayíṃ naścitrámaśvínamíndo viśvā́yumā́ bʰara |
átʰā no vásyasaskṛdʰi || 10||



10. O Indu, bring us wealth full of horses,
   possessed of long life;
   moreover, make us happier.






Sūkta 9.5 

sámiddʰo viśvátaspátiḥ pávamāno ví rājati |
prīṇánvṛ́ṣā kánikradat || 1||



1. Enkindled, the lord everywhere,
   the Pavamana shines on all sides,
   pleasing (the gods), the bull roaring profusely.



tánūnápātpávamānaḥ śṛ́ṅge śíśāno arṣati |
antárikṣeṇa rā́rajat || 2||



2. Tanunapat (as) Pavamana goes forward
   sharpening his horns,
   shining through the mid-region.



īḷényaḥ pávamāno rayírví rājati dyumā́n |
mádʰordʰā́rābʰirójasā || 3||



3. The praise-worthy Pavamana, the giver (of wealth),
   the lustrous one, shines
   with the streams of sweet drink by his strength.



barhíḥ prācī́namójasā pávamāna stṛṇánháriḥ |
devéṣu devá īyate || 4||



4. Pavamana, the golden-brown,
   spreading by his strength the sacred grass facing eastwords,
   the god goes to the gods.



údā́tairjihate bṛháddvā́ro devī́rhiraṇyáyīḥ |
pávamānena súṣṭutāḥ || 5||



5. The doors, the golden goddesses,
   go wide up with their extensions (flames),
   well-praised by the Pavamana.



suśilpé bṛhatī́ mahī́ pávamāno vṛṣaṇyati |
náktoṣā́sā ná darśaté || 6||



6. Pavamana acts like the bull (i. e. male par excellence)
   towards the beautifully-formed, expansive, great Night-and-Dawn,
   like two beautiful (ladies).



ubʰā́ devā́ nṛcákṣasā hótārā daívyā huve |
pávamāna índro vṛ́ṣā || 7||



7. I invoke both the gods, the seers of men,
   the divine sacrificial priests;
   the Pavamana (is) Indra, the bull.



bʰā́ratī pávamānasya sárasvatī́ḷā mahī́ |
imáṃ no yajñámā́ gamantisró devī́ḥ supéśasaḥ || 8||



8. May Bharati of the Pavamana, Sarasvati and the great Ila
   come to this sacrifice of ours,
   the three goddesses of beautiful form.



tváṣṭāramagrajā́ṃ gopā́ṃ puroyā́vānamā́ huve |
índuríndro vṛ́ṣā háriḥ pávamānaḥ prajā́patiḥ || 9||



9. I invoke Tvastr, the first-born, the protector, (the one) going ahead;
   Indu (the drop), the male par excellence, the tawny-brown one, the Pavamana,
   (is) Indra, the (divine) lord of the people.



vánaspátiṃ pavamāna mádʰvā sámaṅgdʰi dʰā́rayā |
sahásravalśaṃ háritaṃ bʰrā́jamānaṃ hiraṇyáyam || 10||



10. O Pavamana, with thy sweet stream well annoint
   the tree -- the thousand-branched, the yellow-green,
   the flaming, the golden.



víśve devāḥ svā́hākṛtiṃ pávamānasyā́ gata |
vāyúrbṛ́haspátiḥ sū́ryo'gníríndraḥ sajóṣasaḥ || 11||



11. O all gods, come to the sacrifice (lit. performance with svaha-utterance) of the Pavamana--,
   (you namely) Vayu, Brihaspati, Surya,
   Agni, Indra, enjoying together.






Sūkta 9.6 

mandráyā soma dʰā́rayā vṛ́ṣā pavasva devayúḥ |
ávyo vā́reṣvasmayúḥ || 1||



1. With exhilarating stream, О Soma, flow on;
   (thou) the bull, desiring (to worship) the gods,
   (flow) through the sheep's hair, wishing (to favour) us.



abʰí tyáṃ mádyaṃ mádamíndavíndra íti kṣara |
abʰí vājíno árvataḥ || 2||



2. О Indu, flow to that exhilarating juice,
   (saying) "Indra";
   (flow) towards strong swift horses.



abʰí tyáṃ pūrvyáṃ mádaṃ suvānó arṣa pavítra ā́ |
abʰí vā́jamutá śrávaḥ || 3||



3. Towards that (i. e. famous) excellent exhilarating juice,
   flow into the strainer, being pressed;
   (flow) towards strength and towards fame.



ánu drapsā́sa índava ā́po ná pravátāsaran |
punānā́ índramāśata || 4||



4. The drops, the Indus, have flown after Indra
   like waters by a slope;
   being purified (they) have pervaded Indra.



yámátyamiva vājínaṃ mṛjánti yóṣaṇo dáśa |
váne krī́ḷantamátyavim || 5||



5. Whom, the strong one, the ten ladies cleanse
   like a swift horse,-
   (him), playing in the wood, beyond the sheep(-strainer);



táṃ góbʰirvṛ́ṣaṇaṃ rásaṃ mádāya devávītaye |
sutáṃ bʰárāya sáṃ sṛja || 6||



6. For the sacrificial offering, mix with milk (lit. cows)
   that pressed out (Soma),
   the strong juice for exhilaration for the enjoyment of gods.



devó devā́ya dʰā́rayéndrāya pavate sutáḥ |
páyo yádasya pīpáyat || 7||



7. The god for the god, the pressed out (one)
   flows for Indra in a stream,
   so that his milk may swell (the latter).



ātmā́ yajñásya ráṃhyā suṣvāṇáḥ pavate sutáḥ |
pratnáṃ ní pāti kā́vyam || 8||



8. The soul of the sacrifice,
   Soma having been pressed, flows speedily;
   (he) well protects the ancient poetry.



evā́ punāná indrayúrmádaṃ madiṣṭʰa vītáye |
gúhā ciddadʰiṣe gíraḥ || 9||



9. Thus being purified, wishing for Indra, (thou holdest) exhilaration,
   О most exhilarating one, for enjoyment;
   indeed, thou holdest (thy) songs in secret.






Sūkta 9.7 

ásṛgramíndavaḥ patʰā́ dʰármannṛtásya suśríyaḥ |
vidānā́ asya yójanam || 1||



1. The (Soma-) drops are sent forward for the sake of (the holy) performance,
   on the path of Rta,— (the drops), possessed of good splendour,
   knowing the connection of this (one i.e. Indra).



prá dʰā́rā mádʰvo agriyó mahī́rapó ví gāhate |
havírhavíṣṣu vándyaḥ || 2||



2. The stream of the sweet drink, the leading (Soma),
   dives in the great waters,
   the offering among offerings, the most adorable.



prá yujó vācó agriyó vṛ́ṣā́va cakradadváne |
sádmābʰí satyó adʰvaráḥ || 3||



3. Going at the head of the accompanying song,
   the bull profusely roars out in the wood,—
   (he) the true sacrifice, (going) towards his seat.



pári yátkā́vyā kavírnṛmṇā́ vásāno árṣati |
svàrvājī́ siṣāsati || 4||



4. When the wise one clothing himself over
   in songs (and in) heroism (lit. manly deeds) runs on,
   (he) the horse, wishes to win heaven.



pávamāno abʰí spṛ́dʰo víśo rā́jeva sīdati |
yádīmṛṇvánti vedʰásaḥ || 5||



5. Pavamana sits over the enemies,
   like the king amidst the people,
   when the sacrificers send him (forward).



ávyo vā́re pári priyó hárirváneṣu sīdati |
rebʰó vanuṣyate matī́ || 6||



6. Across the sheep-hair, the dear tawny (one)
   sits among the woods;
   the singer is longed for by the hymn.



sá vāyúmíndramaśvínā sākáṃ mádena gacʰati |
ráṇā yó asya dʰármabʰiḥ || 7||



7. With exhilaration he goes to Vayu,
   Indra (and) the Asvins, who (i.e. each one of whom)
   delights in the qualities of this (Soma).



ā́ mitrā́váruṇā bʰágaṃ mádʰvaḥ pavanta ūrmáyaḥ |
vidānā́ asya śákmabʰiḥ || 8||



8. To Mitra, Varuna (and) Bhaga,
   the waves of the sweet drink flow,
   knowing (their place) by the powers of this (Soma).



asmábʰyaṃ rodasī rayíṃ mádʰvo vā́jasya sātáye |
śrávo vásūni sáṃ jitam || 9||



9. О Heaven and Earth,
   for the obtainment of the strength-giving mead,
   win fame and wealth.






Sūkta 9.8 

eté sómā abʰí priyámíndrasya kā́mamakṣaran |
várdʰanto asya vīryàm || 1||



1. These Soma-juices have trickled out the dear,
   ardently desired (drink) of Indra,
   increasing his strength.



punānā́saścamūṣádo gácʰanto vāyúmaśvínā |
té no dʰāntu suvī́ryam || 2||



2. Being purified, sitting in the cups
   (and) going to Vayu and the Asvins—
   may they (i. e. such Somas) bestow excellent heroic sons on us!



índrasya soma rā́dʰase punānó hā́rdi codaya |
ṛtásya yónimāsádam || 3||



3. О Soma, being purified for Indra's offering,
   encourage (his) heart so that
   (he may) sit on the place of Rta.



mṛjánti tvā dáśa kṣípo hinvánti saptá dʰītáyaḥ |
ánu víprā amādiṣuḥ || 4||



4. The ten fingers cleanse thee,
   the seven hymns quicken thee;
   afterwards the singers have gladdened (thee).



devébʰyastvā mádāya káṃ sṛjānámáti meṣyàḥ |
sáṃ góbʰirvāsayāmasi || 5||



5. Thee, being sent forward beyond the sheep-hair
   for the exhilaration of gods,
   we clothe over with milk.



punānáḥ kaláśeṣvā́ vástrāṇyaruṣó háriḥ |
pári gávyānyavyata || 6||



6. Being purified in the pitchers,
   the red-tawny one has enveloped himself
   in garments of milk.  



magʰóna ā́ pavasva no jahí víśvā ápa dvíṣaḥ |
índo sákʰāyamā́ viśa || 7||



7. Flow on (to bring) liberal patrons for us;
   strike away all enemies;
   О Indu, enter (thy) friend.



vṛṣṭíṃ diváḥ pári srava dyumnáṃ pṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi |
sáho naḥ soma pṛtsú dʰāḥ || 8||



8. Flow (to bring) rain from heaven and
   wealth here on earth;
   О Soma, give us strength in the battles.



nṛcákṣasaṃ tvā vayámíndrapītaṃ svarvídam |
bʰakṣīmáhi prajā́míṣam || 9||



9. May we partake of thee, the men-seeing,
   the light-winning, (thee) drunk by Indra!
   May we (thereby) possess progeny and food!






Sūkta 9.9 

pári priyā́ diváḥ kavírváyāṃsi naptyòrhitáḥ |
suvānó yāti kavíkratuḥ || 1||



1. The wise, placed between the (two) grand-daughters,
   (when) pressed, possessed of divine power,
   goes on to strength, to the dear (places) in heaven.



prápra kṣáyāya pányase jánāya júṣṭo adrúhe |
vītyàrṣa cániṣṭʰayā || 2||



2. For a very splendid residence, (run on) profusely,
   (thou) dear to the gods, free from hatred;
   О Soma, run on for (lit. on account of) the most pleasing enjoyment.



sá sūnúrmātárā śúcirjātó jāté arocayat |
mahā́nmahī́ ṛtāvṛ́dʰā || 3||



3. He, the shining son, when born, has brightened
   the mothers, the two born ones;
   the great one (brightens) the two great ones, the increasers of Rta.



sá saptá dʰītíbʰirhitó nadyò ajinvadadrúhaḥ |
yā́ ékamákṣi vāvṛdʰúḥ || 4||



4. Quickened by the seven hymns, he has urged forward
   the rivers, free from malice,—
   those who have increased the one eye.



tā́ abʰí sántamástṛtaṃ mahé yúvānamā́ dadʰuḥ |
índumindra táva vraté || 5||



5. The over powering undefeated youth,
   they have established, О Indra, in thy ordinance,
   for the great (offering).



abʰí váhnirámartyaḥ saptá paśyati vā́vahiḥ |
krívirdevī́ratarpayat || 6||



6. The immortal carrier (of the sacrificial drink),
   the frequent bearer (of exhilarations), sees the seven (rivers);
   (he), the reservoir has pleased the goddesses.



ávā kálpeṣu naḥ pumastámāṃsi soma yódʰyā |
tā́ni punāna jaṅgʰanaḥ || 7||



7. Protect us, O hero, on the days (lit. those to be worked out);
   О Soma, the darknesses (are) to be fought;
   destroy them, О (thou) being purified!



nū́ návyase návīyase sūktā́ya sādʰayā patʰáḥ |
pratnavádrocayā rúcaḥ || 8||



8. Indeed, for a newer and still newer song,
   prepare the paths;
   make the lights shine as of yore!



pávamāna máhi śrávo gā́máśvaṃ rāsi vīrávat |
sánā medʰā́ṃ sánā svàḥ || 9||



9. О Pavamana, thou bestowest great fame,
   cows, horses along with heroic sons;
   win intelligence, win light!






Sūkta 9.10 

prá svānā́so rátʰā ivā́rvanto ná śravasyávaḥ |
sómāso rāyé akramuḥ || 1||



1. Resounding like chariots,
   like (race-)horses, wishing for fame,
   the Soma(-juice-)s have stridden for riches. 



hinvānā́so rátʰā iva dadʰanviré gábʰastyoḥ |
bʰárāsaḥ kāríṇāmiva || 2||



2. Being urged forward like chariots,
   (the Somas) are held in the arms
   like the burdens of the artisans.



rā́jāno ná práśastibʰiḥ sómāso góbʰirañjate |
yajñó ná saptá dʰātṛ́bʰiḥ || 3||



3. Like kings with praises,
   the Soma(-juice-)s are annointed with milk (lit. the cows),
   like the sacrifice by the seven priests.



pári suvānā́sa índavo mádāya barháṇā girā́ |
sutā́ arṣanti dʰā́rayā || 4||



4. The drops, being pressed out for exhilaration,
   (accompanied) by a rising song,-
   (they) the pressed out ones, flow around in a stream.



āpānā́so vivásvato jánanta uṣáso bʰágam |
sū́rā áṇvaṃ ví tanvate || 5||



5. Obtaining (gifts) for the worshipping (sacrificer),
   generating the dawns and Bhaga,
   the stimulating (juices) spread out (for themselves) the thin (strainer).



ápa dvā́rā matīnā́ṃ pratnā́ ṛṇvanti kārávaḥ |
vṛ́ṣṇo hárasa āyávaḥ || 6||



6. The ancient artists fling open
   the doors of songs,
   the Ayus for the stimulation of the bull.



samīcīnā́sa āsate hótāraḥ saptájāmayaḥ |
padámékasya píprataḥ || 7||



7. The (reciting) priests, possessed of seven sisters,
   are sitting in order,
   filling the place of the one.



nā́bʰā nā́bʰiṃ na ā́ dade cákṣuścitsū́rye sácā |
kavérápatyamā́ duhe || 8||



8. I have taken (i.e. drunk) the navel (i.e. Soma) into the navel (i.e. stomach) for our sake.
   Indeed, the eye (is) together with the Sun;
   I have milked out the child of the wise.



abʰí priyā́ diváspadámadʰvaryúbʰirgúhā hitám |
sū́raḥ paśyati cákṣasā || 9||



9. The Sun (i.e. Soma) looks with the eye
   towards the dear (places and) the (highest) place of heaven,
   concealed in secret by the priests.






Sūkta 9.11 

úpāsmai gāyatā naraḥ pávamānāyéndave |
abʰí devā́m̐ íyakṣate || 1||



1. Sing, О men, to this Pavamana,
   the drop, to (him) wishing to sacrifice
   to the gods. 



abʰí te mádʰunā páyó'tʰarvāṇo aśiśrayuḥ |
deváṃ devā́ya devayú || 2||



2. The Atharvans have mixed milk with thy mead,
   (—the milk) longing for the god, the shining (god Soma),
   for the sake of the god (Indra).



sá naḥ pavasva śáṃ gáve śáṃ jánāya śámárvate |
śáṃ rājannóṣadʰībʰyaḥ || 3||



3. Such (thou) flow happiness to the cow,
   happiness to man, happiness to the horse;
   happiness, О king, to the plants,



babʰráve nú svátavase'ruṇā́ya divispṛ́śe |
sómāya gātʰámarcata || 4||



4. To the brown, possessed of his own strength,
   the reddish one, the heaven-touching— to (such) Soma,
   sing the (melodious) song.



hástacyutebʰirádribʰiḥ sutáṃ sómaṃ punītana |
mádʰāvā́ dʰāvatā mádʰu || 5||



5. Purify the Soma,
   pressed out by the hand-moved stones;
   wash the mead (Soma) in the mead (water).



námasédúpa sīdata dadʰnédabʰí śrīṇītana |
índumíndre dadʰātana || 6||



6. Attend upon him, indeed, with salutation;
   mix him, indeed, with curds,
   (and then) put the drop into Indra.



amitrahā́ vícarṣaṇiḥ pávasva soma śáṃ gáve |
devébʰyo anukāmakṛ́t || 7||



7. (Thou), the enemy-killer, the very active one,
   О Soma, flow well-being to the cow,
   (thou) doing the desired thing for the gods.



índrāya soma pā́tave mádāya pári ṣicyase |
manaścínmánasaspátiḥ || 8||



8. О Soma, thou art sprinkled out
   for exhilaration, for Indra to drink;
   (thou) the inspirer of mind, the lord of the mind.



pávamāna suvī́ryaṃ rayíṃ soma rirīhi naḥ |
índavíndreṇa no yujā́ || 9||



9. О Pavamana, О Soma bestow on us
   wealth possessed of excellent heroes,
   О Indu, along with Indra, our friend.






Sūkta 9.12 

sómā asṛgramíndavaḥ sutā́ ṛtásya sā́dane |
índrāya mádʰumattamāḥ || 1||



1. The Soma(-juice)s, the drops, the most possessed of sweetness,
   pressed out in the seat of Rta,
   are sent forward for the sake of Indra.



abʰí víprā anūṣata gā́vo vatsáṃ ná mātáraḥ |
índraṃ sómasya pītáye || 2||



2. The singers have praised Indra
   for the drinking of Soma,
   like the mother cows (bellowing) for the calf.



madacyútkṣeti sā́dane síndʰorūrmā́ vipaścít |
sómo gaurī́ ádʰi śritáḥ || 3||



3. Dripping with exhilarations, (he) the inspirer of songs,
   dwells in (his) seat, on the river's wave;
   Soma has taken resort to the (heavenly) cows.



divó nā́bʰā vicakṣaṇó'vyo vā́re mahīyate |
sómo yáḥ sukrátuḥ kavíḥ || 4||



4. The sharp seer, (residing) in the heaven's navel,
   is magnified in the sheep-hair,—
   Soma who (is) wise, possessed of good intelligence.



yáḥ sómaḥ kaláśeṣvā́m̐ antáḥ pavítra ā́hitaḥ |
támínduḥ pári ṣasvaje || 5||



5. The Soma who is placed
   in the pitchers (and) in the strainer—
   him the drop has embraced.



prá vā́camínduriṣyati samudrásyā́dʰi viṣṭápi |
jínvankóśaṃ madʰuścútam || 6||



6. The drop will raise (his) sound
   on the ocean's summit,
   stimulating the mead-pouring pitcher.



nítyastotro vánaspátirdʰīnā́mantáḥ sabardúgʰaḥ |
hinvānó mā́nuṣā yugā́ || 7||



7. The lord of wood, to whom the songs are dear,
   the milker of the pressed (juice), (dwells) in the midst of thoughts,
   stimulating the human generations.



abʰí priyā́ diváspadā́ sómo hinvānó arṣati |
víprasya dʰā́rayā kavíḥ || 8||



8. Being urged forward by the singer's (poetic) stream,
   Soma, the wise, goes
   towards the dear places of heaven.



ā́ pavamāna dʰāraya rayíṃ sahásravarcasam |
asmé indo svābʰúvam || 9||



9. О Pavamana, О Indu, place among us
   wealth of thousand-fold lustre,
   which spreads well.






Sūkta 9.13 

sómaḥ punānó arṣati sahásradʰāro átyaviḥ |
vāyóríndrasya niṣkṛtám || 1||



1. Soma, being purified, thousand-streamed,
   passing beyond the sheep(-hair),
   goes to Vayu's(and) Indra's place.



pávamānamavasyavo vípramabʰí prá gāyata |
suṣvāṇáṃ devávītaye || 2||



2. О (singers) desiring for protection,
   sing profusely for Pavamana, the singer,
   (who) has been pressed for the enjoyment of gods.



pávante vā́jasātaye sómāḥ sahásrapājasaḥ |
gṛṇānā́ devávītaye || 3||



3. The Soma(-juice-)s of thousand forms,
   flow on for the obtainment of strength,
   being praised for the enjoyment of gods.



utá no vā́jasātaye pávasva bṛhatī́ríṣaḥ |
dyumádindo suvī́ryam || 4||



4. Moreover, for the obtainment of strength for us,
   flow on to abundant food (and), О Indu,
   to lustrous heroic sons.



té naḥ sahasríṇaṃ rayíṃ pávantāmā́ suvī́ryam |
suvānā́ devā́sa índavaḥ || 5||



5. May those (famous) shining Indus, being pressed,
   flow for us (to bring)
   thousand-fold wealth and heroic sons.



átyā hiyānā́ ná hetṛ́bʰirásṛgraṃ vā́jasātaye |
ví vā́ramávyamāśávaḥ || 6||



6. Like horses urged forward by the drivers,
   the speedy (Somas) are profusely sent forward
   to the strainer for the obtainment of strength.



vāśrā́ arṣantī́ndavo'bʰí vatsáṃ ná dʰenávaḥ |
dadʰanviré gábʰastyoḥ || 7||



7. The bellowing (Soma-) drops run on,
   like the cows towards the calf,
   (and) are sent forward through the hands.



júṣṭa índrāya matsaráḥ pávamāna kánikradat |
víśvā ápa dvíṣo jahi || 8||



8. О Pavamana, (thou) dear to Indra,
   the exhilarating one, roaring,
   strike away all enemies.



apagʰnánto árāvṇaḥ pávamānāḥ svardṛ́śaḥ |
yónāvṛtásya sīdata || 9||



9. Striking away the non-givers, О Pavamanas,
   (ye) seeing the Sun,
   sit in the womb of Rta.






Sūkta 9.14 

pári prā́siṣyadatkavíḥ síndʰorūrmā́vádʰi śritáḥ |
kāráṃ bíbʰratpuruspṛ́ham || 1||



1. Resorted on the river's wave,
   the wise one has oozed out,
   bearing (poetic) creation coveted by many.



girā́ yádī sábandʰavaḥ páñca vrā́tā apasyávaḥ |
pariṣkṛṇvánti dʰarṇasím || 2||



2. When the five busy (men) with (sacrificial) duties,
   having the same connection,
   prepare (Soma) the supporter;



ā́dasya śuṣmíṇo ráse víśve devā́ amatsata |
yádī góbʰirvasāyáte || 3||



3. (and) when (he) is clothed with cows' (milk),
   then indeed, all the gods exhilarate
   in the juice of the strong one.



niriṇānó ví dʰāvati jáhacʰáryāṇi tā́nvā |
átrā sáṃ jigʰnate yujā́ || 4||



4. Releasing himself, abandoning (his) bodily thorns,
   he runs on;
   here he joins himself with (his) friend.



naptī́bʰiryó vivásvataḥ śubʰró ná māmṛjé yúvā |
gā́ḥ kṛṇvānó ná nirṇíjam || 5||



5. (We praise him), who is cleansed
   by the worshipper's fingers like a shining youth,
   making the cows' (milk) a garment (for himself), as it were.



áti śritī́ tiraścátā gavyā́ jigātyáṇvyā |
vagnúmiyarti yáṃ vidé || 6||



6. For the sake of resort, he goes over the slanting (path)
   through the sieve towards the cows' (milk, and)
   sends up a sound (for him), whom he knows.



abʰí kṣípaḥ sámagmata marjáyantīriṣáspátim |
pṛṣṭʰā́ gṛbʰṇata vājínaḥ || 7||



7. The fingers have joined themselves together,
   cleansing the lord of food;
   they have held the backs of the strong one.



pári divyā́ni mármṛśadvíśvāni soma pā́rtʰivā |
vásūni yāhyasmayúḥ || 8||



8. Seizing now and then
   all heavenly (and) earthly wealth,
   О Soma, come, wishing for us.






Sūkta 9.15 

eṣá dʰiyā́ yātyáṇvyā śū́ro rátʰebʰirāśúbʰiḥ |
gácʰanníndrasya niṣkṛtám || 1||



1. This (Soma) marches by the fine hymn,
   the hero with speedy chariots,
   (while) going to Indra's place.



eṣá purū́ dʰiyāyate bṛhaté devátātaye |
yátrāmṛ́tāsa ā́sate || 2||



2. This (Soma) is profusely accompanied by the hymns
   for the sake of the great sacrifice,
   where the immortals sit.



eṣá hitó ví nīyate'ntáḥ śubʰrā́vatā patʰā́ |
yádī tuñjánti bʰū́rṇayaḥ || 3||



3. This (Soma) placed (in his seat) is carried inside
   by a path possessed of shining (rays)
   and then (lit. when) the busy (priests) press him.



eṣá śṛ́ṅgāṇi dódʰuvacʰíśīte yūtʰyò vṛ́ṣā |
nṛmṇā́ dádʰāna ójasā || 4||



4. This group-leading Bull, 
  frequently moving the horns, sharpens (them),
   energetically performing heroic deeds.



eṣá rukmíbʰirīyate vājī́ śubʰrébʰiraṃśúbʰiḥ |
pátiḥ síndʰūnāṃ bʰávan || 5||



5. This strong (Soma) goes forward
   with his gold-decorated, lustrous stalks (rays),
   becoming the lord of the rivers.



eṣá vásūni pibdanā́ páruṣā yayivā́m̐ áti |
áva śā́deṣu gacʰati || 6||



6. This (Soma) having gone beyond
   the shining (crushed) twig-knots sticking to (him),
   goes down into the pitchers.



etáṃ mṛjanti márjyamúpa dróṇeṣvāyávaḥ |
pracakrāṇáṃ mahī́ríṣaḥ || 7||



7. Men cleanse in the vessels this (Soma),
   worthy of cleansing,—
  (him) who has produced great (quantities of) food.



etámu tyáṃ dáśa kṣípo mṛjánti saptá dʰītáyaḥ |
svāyudʰáṃ madíntamam || 8||



8. The ten fingers (and) the seven hymns, indeed,
   cleanse (or groom) this, that (great Soma),
   the good-weaponed, the most possessed of exhilaration.






Sūkta 9.16 

prá te sotā́ra oṇyò rásaṃ mádāya gʰṛ́ṣvaye |
sárgo ná taktyétaśaḥ || 1||



1. The (Soma) pressers (send forward) the juice
   from the pressing-boards for a strong exhilaration;
   the Etasha (the golden Soma) shoots on like a flow.



krátvā dákṣasya ratʰyàmapó vásānamándʰasā |
goṣā́máṇveṣu saścima || 2||



2. (Him), the leader, because of (his) power of efficiency,
   clothing himself in waters along with the juice—
   (him), the cow-winner, we have placed in the fine (strainer-chords).



ánaptamapsú duṣṭáraṃ sómaṃ pavítra ā́ sṛja |
punīhī́ndrāya pā́tave || 3||



3. Send (forward) into the strainer the Soma,
   the independent, unconquerable in waters;
   purify (him) for Indra to drink.



prá punānásya cétasā sómaḥ pavítre arṣati |
krátvā sadʰástʰamā́sadat || 4||



4. By the purifier's song,
   Soma goes ahead into the strainer;
   by (his) power he has sat on the joint seat.



prá tvā námobʰiríndava índra sómā asṛkṣata |
mahé bʰárāya kāríṇaḥ || 5||



5. For thee, with salutations, О Indra,
   the Soma-juices are sent forward—
   the workers for the great offering.



punānó rūpé avyáye víśvā árṣannabʰí śríyaḥ |
śū́ro ná góṣu tiṣṭʰati || 6||



6. Being purified in the sheep-formed (strainer),
   flowing towards all splendours,
   he stands among the cows like a hero.



divó ná sā́nu pipyúṣī dʰā́rā sutásya vedʰásaḥ |
vṛ́tʰā pavítre arṣati || 7||



7. The stream of the pressed Soma,
   the distributor, swelling the heaven's peak as it were,
   flows at will into the strainer.



tváṃ soma vipaścítaṃ tánā punāná āyúṣu |
ávyo vā́raṃ ví dʰāvasi || 8||



8. О Soma, continuously purifying the song-inspiring (juice) among the Ayus,
   thou profusely runnest
   to the sheep's hair(-strainer).






Sūkta 9.17 

prá nimnéneva síndʰavo gʰnánto vṛtrā́ṇi bʰū́rṇayaḥ |
sómā asṛgramāśávaḥ || 1||



1. Like the rivers by a slope,
   the strong, speedy Somas, destroying the enemies,
   are sent forward.



abʰí suvānā́sa índavo vṛṣṭáyaḥ pṛtʰivī́miva |
índraṃ sómāso akṣaran || 2||



2. The pressed Somas, shining (lit. Indus),
   have flown towards Indra
   like the (rain-)showers towards the earth.



átyūrmirmatsaró mádaḥ sómaḥ pavítre arṣati |
vigʰnánrákṣāṃsi devayúḥ || 3||



3. With (his) waves surging up, Soma,
   the intensely exhilarating juice flows into the strainer,—
   (Soma), striking away the demons (and) longing for the gods.



ā́ kaláśeṣu dʰāvati pavítre pári ṣicyate |
uktʰaíryajñéṣu vardʰate || 4||



4. (He) runs into the vessels,
   is poured over into the strainer
   (and) grows by songs in the sacrifices.



áti trī́ soma rocanā́ róhanná bʰrājase dívam |
iṣṇánsū́ryaṃ ná codayaḥ || 5||



5. О Soma, (thou) shinest, as if ascending to Heaven,
   beyond the three shining (worlds);
   while sending up (thy sound), thou hast, as it were, impelled the Sun.



abʰí víprā anūṣata mūrdʰányajñásya kārávaḥ |
dádʰānāścákṣasi priyám || 6||



6. The singers, the poets, have praised (thee)
   at the head of the sacrifice,
   bearing (thee) the dear in (their) eye.



támu tvā vājínaṃ náro dʰībʰírvíprā avasyávaḥ |
mṛjánti devátātaye || 7||



7. Such thee, indeed, the strong one,
   the singers, the protection-desiring men cleanse by songs
   for the sake of the gods.



mádʰordʰā́rāmánu kṣara tīvráḥ sadʰástʰamā́sadaḥ |
cā́rurṛtā́ya pītáye || 8||



8. Flow after the stream of honey;
   thou, (when) grown, hast sat on the joint seat,—
   (thou), the moving one, for the sake of the sacrifice, for drink.






Sūkta 9.18 

pári suvānó giriṣṭʰā́ḥ pavítre sómo akṣāḥ |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 1||



1. The mountain-dwelling Soma, being pressed out,
   has flown over into the strainer;
   (О Soma), in (thy) exhilarations, (thou) art all-bestower.



tváṃ víprastváṃ kavírmádʰu prá jātámándʰasaḥ |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 2||



2. Thou (art) the singer;
   thou, the wise one, the mead born from the intoxicating (plant);
   in (thy) exhilarations, (thou) art all-bestower.



táva víśve sajóṣaso devā́saḥ pītímāśata |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 3||



3. All the gods, enjoying together,
   have obtained thy drink;
   in (thy) exhilarations, (thou) art all-bestower.



ā́ yó víśvāni vā́ryā vásūni hástayordadʰé |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 4||



4. (Thou), who boldest all cherishable wealth in (thy) hands,
   art the all-bestower in (thy) exhilarations,
   (О Soma)!



yá imé ródasī mahī́ sáṃ mātáreva dóhate |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 5||



5. (Thou), who milkest out these great Heaven and Earth
   like (two) mothers,
   art the all-bestower in (thy) exhilarations, (О Soma)!



pári yó ródasī ubʰé sadyó vā́jebʰirárṣati |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 6||



6. (Thou), who goest round
   both the Heaven and Earth with (thy) powers,
   art the all-bestower in (thy) exhilarations, (О Soma)!



sá śuṣmī́ kaláśeṣvā́ punānó acikradat |
mádeṣu sarvadʰā́ asi || 7||



7. He, the strong (one),
   being purified in the pitchers has roared
    in (thy) exhilarations, (thou) art all-bestower, (О Soma)!






Sūkta 9.19 

yátsoma citrámuktʰyàṃ divyáṃ pā́rtʰivaṃ vásu |
tánnaḥ punāná ā́ bʰara || 1||



1. О Soma, whatever refulgent, praiseworthy,
   heavenly (as well as) earthly wealth (is there),
   bring that to us, while being purified.



yuváṃ hí stʰáḥ svàrpatī índraśca soma gópatī |
īśānā́ pipyataṃ dʰíyaḥ || 2||



2. You (both), indeed, are the (divine) lords of light,
   (divine) lords of cows, О Soma (and) Indra;
   (being) rulers, swell (our) songs.



vṛ́ṣā punāná āyúṣu stanáyannádʰi barhíṣi |
háriḥ sányónimā́sadat || 3||



3. The bull, being purified among men,
   roaring on the sacred grass, being tawny-brown,
   sits on the seat.



ávāvaśanta dʰītáyo vṛṣabʰásyā́dʰi rétasi |
sūnórvatsásya mātáraḥ || 4||



4. The (female) songs
   bellowed after the bull's semen,—
   the mothers of the male calf.



kuvídvṛṣaṇyántībʰyaḥ punānó gárbʰamādádʰat |
yā́ḥ śukráṃ duhaté páyaḥ || 5||



5. Would (he), indeed, (while) being purified,
   place the embryo for those longing for (him), the bull,—
   (those) who milk out (for themselves) the lustrous milk (or semen)?



úpa śikṣāpatastʰúṣo bʰiyásamā́ dʰehi śátruṣu |
pávamāna vidā́ rayím || 6||



6. Bring near (those) standing away,
   put fear among the enemies;
   (and thou) О Pavamana, obtain wealth for us.



ní śátroḥ soma vṛ́ṣṇyaṃ ní śúṣmaṃ ní váyastira |
dūré vā sató ánti vā || 7||



7. Scatter away, О Soma, the enemy's vigour;
   (scatter away his) strength (and) life,—
   whether he be away or near!






Sūkta 9.20 

prá kavírdevávītayé'vyo vā́rebʰirarṣati |
sāhvā́nvíśvā abʰí spṛ́dʰaḥ || 1||



1. The wise one goes forward for the sacrifice (lit. where the gods enjoy)
   along the sheep's hair,—
   (he, who) has overcome all opponents.



sá hí ṣmā jaritṛ́bʰya ā́ vā́jaṃ gómantamínvati |
pávamānaḥ sahasríṇam || 2||



2. He, indeed, the Pavamana,
   brings for the singers thousandfold strength,
   giving (wealth) full of cows!



pári víśvāni cétasā mṛśáse pávase matī́ |
sá naḥ soma śrávo vidaḥ || 3||



3. (Thou) well thinkest over all things by (thy) intelligence
   and flowest with (or by) the song—
   such (thou) О Soma, hast obtained fame for us.



abʰyàrṣa bṛhádyáśo magʰávadbʰyo dʰruváṃ rayím |
íṣaṃ stotṛ́bʰya ā́ bʰara || 4||



4. Go forward to great success (and) stable wealth
   for the liberal (patrons);
   bring food to the singers.



tváṃ rā́jeva suvrató gíraḥ somā́ viveśitʰa |
punānó vahne adbʰuta || 5||



5. Possessed of good deeds like a king, O Soma,
   thou hast entered the songs, while being purified,
   О carrier (of gifts), О wonderful one!



sá váhnirapsú duṣṭáro mṛjyámāno gábʰastyoḥ |
sómaścamū́ṣu sīdati || 6||



6. He, the carrier, unconquerable in waters,
   being cleansed between hands,—
   (he), the Soma sits in the cups.



krīḷúrmakʰó ná maṃhayúḥ pavítraṃ soma gacʰasi |
dádʰatstotré suvī́ryam || 7||



7. Liberal like a playful warrior (hero), О Soma,
   thou goest to the strainer,
   bestowing good heroic (sons) on the singer.






Sūkta 9.21 

eté dʰāvantī́ndavaḥ sómā índrāya gʰṛ́ṣvayaḥ |
matsarā́saḥ svarvídaḥ || 1||



1. These drops, the strong Soma(-juice)s,
   the exhilarators, the obtainers of light,
   run for Indra.



pravṛṇvánto abʰiyújaḥ súṣvaye varivovídaḥ |
svayáṃ stotré vayaskṛ́taḥ || 2||



2. Defeating the attacking (enemies),
   the obtainers of wealth for the (Soma-)presser,
   the producers of food of their own accord for the singer — (such Somas flow on).



vṛ́tʰā krī́ḷanta índavaḥ sadʰástʰamabʰyékamít |
síndʰorūrmā́ vyakṣaran || 3||



3. The drops playing at will,
   (heading) towards the same place,
   have trickled into the stream's wave.



eté víśvāni vā́ryā pávamānāsa āśata |
hitā́ ná sáptayo rátʰe || 4||



4. These Pavamanas have reached
   all cherishable things,
   like horses yoked to a chariot.



ā́sminpiśáṅgamindavo dádʰātā venámādíśe |
yó asmábʰyamárāvā || 5||



5. О (Soma-)drops, bestow on this (sacrificer)
   a golden, beloved (son) to oppose (him),
   who is inimical (lit. non-giving) towards us!



ṛbʰúrná rátʰyaṃ návaṃ dádʰātā kétamādíśe |
śukrā́ḥ pavadʰvamárṇasā || 6||



6. Like the Rbhu fixing a new chariot(-wheel),
   bestow knowledge (on the sacrificer) for opposing (enemies);
   flow (О Somas), shining with your streams!



etá u tyé avīvaśankā́ṣṭʰāṃ vājíno akrata |
satáḥ prā́sāviṣurmatím || 7||



7. These (Somas) indeed have longed for (success);
   they have reached the highest goal;
   they have stimulated the thought (or song) of the good (singer)!






Sūkta 9.22 

eté sómāsa āśávo rátʰā iva prá vājínaḥ |
sárgāḥ sṛṣṭā́ aheṣata || 1||



1. These speedy Soma(-juices),
   like prize-winning chariots, (like) horses urged on,
   have been sent forward.



eté vā́tā ivorávaḥ parjányasyeva vṛṣṭáyaḥ |
agnériva bʰramā́ vṛ́tʰā || 2||



2. These (are) expansive like the winds,
   like showers of the rain-cloud,
   like Agni's free movements.



eté pūtā́ vipaścítaḥ sómāso dádʰyāśiraḥ |
vipā́ vyānaśurdʰíyaḥ || 3||



3. These purified song-knowing Somas, mixed with curds,
   have pervaded the praises
   with (their) movement (or inspiration).



eté mṛṣṭā́ ámartyāḥ sasṛvā́ṃso ná śaśramuḥ |
íyakṣantaḥ patʰó rájaḥ || 4||



4. These cleansed (Somas), the immortals,
   having moved (onwards), are not tired,
   wishing to worship (the gods) over the atmospheric paths.



eté pṛṣṭʰā́ni ródasorviprayánto vyā̀naśuḥ |
utédámuttamáṃ rájaḥ || 5||



5. These (Somas), variously going up,
   have reached the back of Heaven and Earth;
   (they have), moreover, (reached) this (i.e. yonder) highest world.



tántuṃ tanvānámuttamámánu praváta āśata |
utédámuttamā́yyam || 6||



6. Along with the (sacrificial) thread extending itself (to be) the highest,
   they (i.e. the Somas) have reached the (heavenly) steeps;
   (they  have reached) even this highest (place)!



tváṃ soma paṇíbʰya ā́ vásu gávyāni dʰārayaḥ |
tatáṃ tántumacikradaḥ || 7||



7. О Soma, thou bestowest wealth from the Panis;
   (thou) hast roared
   over the extended thread (of the sacrifice).






Sūkta 9.23 

sómā asṛgramāśávo mádʰormádasya dʰā́rayā |
abʰí víśvāni kā́vyā || 1||



1. The speedy Somas are sent (forward)
   with the stream of the exhilarating mead,
   towards all poetic (songs).



ánu pratnā́sa āyávaḥ padáṃ návīyo akramuḥ |
rucé jananta sū́ryam || 2||



2. The ancient Ayus
   have stridden a newer step
   (and) have created the sun for shining.



ā́ pavamāna no bʰarāryó ádāśuṣo gáyam |
kṛdʰí prajā́vatīríṣaḥ || 3||



3. О Pavamana, bring to us
   the wealth of the non-giving enemy;
   procure food endowed with progeny.



abʰí sómāsa āyávaḥ pávante mádyaṃ mádam |
abʰí kóśaṃ madʰuścútam || 4||



4. The moving Somas flow
   towards the exhilarating juice,
   towards the mead-trickling vessel.



sómo arṣati dʰarṇasírdádʰāna indriyáṃ rásam |
suvī́ro abʰiśastipā́ḥ || 5||



5. Soma, the supporter, runs (forward),
   holding juice for Indra;—
   (the Soma), possessed of good heroes, the protector from evil.



índrāya soma pavase devébʰyaḥ sadʰamā́dyaḥ |
índo vā́jaṃ siṣāsasi || 6||



6. О Soma, (thou, being) worthy of a joint exhilaration (i.e. feast),
   flowest for Indra, for the gods;
   О Indu, thou desirest to win strength.



asyá pītvā́ mádānāmíndro vṛtrā́ṇyapratí |
jagʰā́na jagʰánacca nú || 7||



7. Having drunk the exhilarating (juices) of this (Soma),
   Indra has killed (and), indeed, would kill
   unrivalled enemies!






Sūkta 9.24 

prá sómāso adʰanviṣuḥ pávamānāsa índavaḥ |
śrīṇānā́ apsú mṛñjata || 1||



1. The Somas, the flowing Indus, have vigorously run on;
   about to be mixed (with milk),
   they are cleansed in the waters.



abʰí gā́vo adʰanviṣurā́po ná pravátā yatī́ḥ |
punānā́ índramāśata || 2||



2. The moving (Somas) have run onwards,
   like waters by a slope;
   being purified, (they) have reached Indra.



prá pavamāna dʰanvasi sóméndrāya pā́tave |
nṛ́bʰiryató ví nīyase || 3||



3. О flowing (Soma), thou flowest hither
   for Indra for drinking;
   controlled by men, (thou) art led along.



tváṃ soma nṛmā́danaḥ pávasva carṣaṇīsáhe |
sásniryó anumā́dyaḥ || 4||



4. О Soma, (thou) the exhilarator of men,
   flow for (Indra), the conqueror of men,—
   (thou) who, (as) the winner, (art) to be exhilarated (with praises).



índo yádádribʰiḥ sutáḥ pavítraṃ paridʰā́vasi |
áramíndrasya dʰā́mne || 5||



5. О Indu, when (being) pressed by the stones,
   thou runnest towards the strainer,
   (thou art) enough for Indra's strength.



pávasva vṛtrahantamoktʰébʰiranumā́dyaḥ |
śúciḥ pāvakó ádbʰutaḥ || 6||



6. О the greatest enemy-killer,
   (the one) worthy of being exhilarated by songs,—
  (thou) the shining, the purifying, the wonderful, flow on.



śúciḥ pāvaká ucyate sómaḥ sutásya mádʰvaḥ |
devāvī́ragʰaśaṃsahā́ || 7||



7. The shining Soma is called the purifier of the pressed out mead,
   (he), the pleaser of gods,
   the killer of evil-speakers.






Sūkta 9.25 

pávasva dakṣasā́dʰano devébʰyaḥ pītáye hare |
marúdbʰyo vāyáve mádaḥ || 1||



1. (Being) the accomplisher of (efficient) activity,
   О yellow one, flow for the gods for drink,—
  (thou) the exhilarating juice (for) the Maruts (and) Vayu.



pávamāna dʰiyā́ hitò'bʰí yóniṃ kánikradat |
dʰármaṇā vāyúmā́ viśa || 2||



2. О Pavamana, being urged by praise,
   roaring towards (thy) place,
   enter Vayu with (thy exhilarating) nature.



sáṃ devaíḥ śobʰate vṛ́ṣā kavíryónāvádʰi priyáḥ |
vṛtrahā́ devavī́tamaḥ || 3||



3. The bull shines along with the gods,
   the wise, dear (Soma), on (his) place;—
   (he) the Vrtra-killer, the greatest delighter of gods.



víśvā rūpā́ṇyāviśánpunānó yāti haryatáḥ |
yátrāmṛ́tāsa ā́sate || 4||



4. Entering all forms, (while) being purified,
   (he) the impetuous, goes
   where the immortals sit.



aruṣó janáyangíraḥ sómaḥ pavata āyuṣák |
índraṃ gácʰankavíkratuḥ || 5||



5. The reddish Soma, generating songs,
   flows on, accompanied by vigour,—
   (he) of wise intelligence, going to Indra.



ā́ pavasva madintama pavítraṃ dʰā́rayā kave |
arkásya yónimāsádam || 6||



6. О (thou) the most exhilarating (Soma),
   flow to the strainer with (thy) stream, О wise one,
   in order to sit on the place of (i.e. beautified by) the hymn.






Sūkta 9.26 

támamṛkṣanta vājínamupástʰe áditerádʰi |
víprāso áṇvyā dʰiyā́ || 1||



1. Him, the strong one,
   the singers have cleansed with the fine strainer (and) with song,
   on the lap of Aditi.



táṃ gā́vo abʰyànūṣata sahásradʰāramákṣitam |
índuṃ dʰartā́ramā́ diváḥ || 2||



2. The cows (i.e. songs) have praised him,
   the thousand-streamed, the unexhausted Indu,
   the supporter of heaven on all sides.



táṃ vedʰā́ṃ medʰáyāhyanpávamānamádʰi dyávi |
dʰarṇasíṃ bʰū́ridʰāyasam || 3||



3. Him, the lord, the flowing (one),
   they have urged with the (heart-felt) song, into heaven,—
   (him) the supporter, the nourisher of many.



támahyanbʰuríjordʰiyā́ saṃvásānaṃ vivásvataḥ |
pátiṃ vācó ádābʰyam || 4||



4. Him they have sent (ahead) between the arms,—
   (him) well clothing himself with the worshipper's praise,
   the lord of speech, the undeceivable.



táṃ sā́nāvádʰi jāmáyo háriṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ |
haryatáṃ bʰū́ricakṣasam || 5||



5. On the summit, the sisters urge him,
   the yellow-brown, by the stones; —
   (him), the impetuous, (he many-seeing.



táṃ tvā hinvanti vedʰásaḥ pávamāna girāvṛ́dʰam |
índavíndrāya matsarám || 6||



6. Such thee, О Pavamana,
   the creators (of songs) urge on for Indra,—
   (thee) growing with songs, the exhilarator, О Indu.






Sūkta 9.27 

eṣá kavírabʰíṣṭutaḥ pavítre ádʰi tośate |
punānó gʰnánnápa srídʰaḥ || 1||



1. The wise one, profusely praised,
   is poured into the sieve—
   (he), striking away the enemies, (while) being purified.



eṣá índrāya vāyáve svarjítpári ṣicyate |
pavítre dakṣasā́dʰanaḥ || 2||



2. This (Soma), the winner of light,
   the accomplisher of efficiency
   is sprinkled out in the sieve for Indra (and) Vayu.



eṣá nṛ́bʰirví nīyate divó mūrdʰā́ vṛ́ṣā sutáḥ |
sómo váneṣu viśvavít || 3||



3. This bull, the heaven's head, (when) pressed,
   is well led by men into the vessels,—
   (he) the all-knower.



eṣá gavyúracikradatpávamāno hiraṇyayúḥ |
índuḥ satrājídástṛtaḥ || 4||



4. This Pavamana, desiring for cows,
   desiring for gold, has roared;—
   (he), the drop, the all-conqueror, the undestroyed one.



eṣá sū́ryeṇa hāsate pávamāno ádʰi dyávi |
pavítre matsaró mádaḥ || 5||



5. This (god) shines with the Sun,
   the Pavamana in the heaven,
   the exhilarating juice in the sieve.



eṣá śuṣmyàsiṣyadadantárikṣe vṛ́ṣā háriḥ |
punāná índuríndramā́ || 6||



6. This strong bull, the reddish-brown,
   has trickled into the mid-region;—
   (he), the Indu, being purified for Indra.






Sūkta 9.28 

eṣá vājī́ hitó nṛ́bʰirviśvavínmánasaspátiḥ |
ávyo vā́raṃ ví dʰāvati || 1||



1. This strong one, urged by men,
   the all-winning, the lord of Thought,
   runs towards the sheep's hair.



eṣá pavítre akṣaratsómo devébʰyaḥ sutáḥ |
víśvā dʰā́mānyāviśán || 2||



2. This has trickled into the strainer,
   the Soma pressed for the gods,—
   (he), entering all forms.



eṣá deváḥ śubʰāyaté'dʰi yónāvámartyaḥ |
vṛtrahā́ devavī́tamaḥ || 3||



3. This god, the immortal one,
   shines on (his) place;
   (he), the Vrtra-killer, the best pleaser of gods.



eṣá vṛ́ṣā kánikradaddaśábʰirjāmíbʰiryatáḥ |
abʰí dróṇāni dʰāvati || 4||



4. This bull, roaring,
   controlled by the ten sisters,
   runs towards the wooden vessels.



eṣá sū́ryamarocayatpávamāno vícarṣaṇiḥ |
víśvā dʰā́māni viśvavít || 5||



5. This has made the Sun shine;
   Pavamana, the vigorous, the all-knower
   (has, moreover, made) all forms (shine).



eṣá śuṣmyádābʰyaḥ sómaḥ punānó arṣati |
devāvī́ragʰaśaṃsahā́ || 6||



6. This strong, undeceivable Soma, being purified, runs on;
   (he)—, the delighter of gods,
   the destroyer of the reciters of evil (incantations).






Sūkta 9.29 

prā́sya dʰā́rā akṣaranvṛ́ṣṇaḥ sutásyaújasā |
devā́m̐ ánu prabʰū́ṣataḥ || 1||



1. The streams of this showering one (lit. the bull),
   the pressed one, have trickled on with (his) strength,—
   (of him) desiring to become like the gods.



sáptiṃ mṛjanti vedʰáso gṛṇántaḥ kārávo girā́ |
jyótirjajñānámuktʰyàm || 2||



2. The worshippers (i.e. priests), the poets praising with song,
   cleanse the horse;—
   (him) being born as a praiseworthy 'Light'.



suṣáhā soma tā́ni te punānā́ya prabʰūvaso |
várdʰā samudrámuktʰyàm || 3||



3. О Soma, well-bearable are those (lustres) of thine for the purifying (priest),
   О (Thou) possessed of profuse lustre;
   increase the praiseworthy ocean.



víśvā vásūni saṃjáyanpávasva soma dʰā́rayā |
inú dvéṣāṃsi sadʰryàk || 4||



4. Fully conquering all shining (possessions),
   flow, О Soma, with (thy) stream;
   drive (away) the enemies all together.



rákṣā sú no áraruṣaḥ svanā́tsamasya kásya cit |
nidó yátra mumucmáhe || 5||



5. Protect us well from the non-giver,
   from the (furious) sound of any (person) whatever,
   whereby we free ourselves from the slanderer.



éndo pā́rtʰivaṃ rayíṃ divyáṃ pavasva dʰā́rayā |
dyumántaṃ śúṣmamā́ bʰara || 6||



6. О Indu, flow out earthly (as well as) heavenly wealth
   with (thy) stream;
   bring shining strength.






Sūkta 9.30 

prá dʰā́rā asya śuṣmíṇo vṛ́tʰā pavítre akṣaran |
punānó vā́camiṣyati || 1||



1. The streams of this strong one
   have freely trickled out into the strainer;
   being purified, (he) sends out a sound.



índurhiyānáḥ sotṛ́bʰirmṛjyámānaḥ kánikradat |
íyarti vagnúmindriyám || 2||



2. Indu, being urged by the priests
   (and) being groomed (while) roaring,
   sends (forth) a sound for Indra (lit. enjoyed by Indra)!



ā́ naḥ śúṣmaṃ nṛṣā́hyaṃ vīrávantaṃ puruspṛ́ham |
pávasva soma dʰā́rayā || 3||



3. О Soma, with thy stream,
   flow out for us strength, (capable of) overcoming men,
   (which is) much coveted and (is) full of heroes.



prá sómo áti dʰā́rayā pávamāno asiṣyadat |
abʰí dróṇānyāsádam || 4||



4. The Soma, the Pavamana,
   has flown over with (his) stream
   towards the wooden vessels to sit (on).



apsú tvā mádʰumattamaṃ háriṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ |
índavíndrāya pītáye || 5||



5. They urge thee on with (the pressing—)stones into the waters,—
   (thee) the most possessed of honey, the reddish-brown, О Indu,
   for Indra to drink.



sunótā mádʰumattamaṃ sómamíndrāya vajríṇe |
cā́ruṃ śárdʰāya matsarám || 6||



6. Press (ye) the Soma, the most possessed of honey,
   for Indra, the thunderbolt-wielder;—
  (Soma) the exciting exhilarator, for (the sake of) strength.






Sūkta 9.31 

prá sómāsaḥ svādʰyàḥ pávamānāso akramuḥ |
rayíṃ kṛṇvanti cétanam || 1||



1. The flowing Somas, possessing well thought out (songs),
   have stridden forward;
   they create (lit. make) striking wealth.



diváspṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi bʰávendo dyumnavárdʰanaḥ |
bʰávā vā́jānāṃ pátiḥ || 2||



2. Become, О Indu, the increaser of lustrous (wealth)
   in Heaven (and) on Earth;
   be the lord of strong (possessions).



túbʰyaṃ vā́tā abʰipríyastúbʰyamarṣanti síndʰavaḥ |
sóma várdʰanti te máhaḥ || 3||



3. For thee (flow) the well-pleasing winds
   (and) for thee flow the rivers;
   О Soma, they increase thy greatness.



ā́ pyāyasva sámetu te viśvátaḥ soma vṛ́ṣṇyam |
bʰávā vā́jasya saṃgatʰé || 4||



4. Swell all around, О Soma;
   may showering (strength) gather to thee from all sides;
   be for the accumulation of strength.



túbʰyaṃ gā́vo gʰṛtáṃ páyo bábʰro duduhré ákṣitam |
várṣiṣṭʰe ádʰi sā́navi || 5||



5. For thee, О reddish-brown (Soma),
   the cows have milked out inexhaustible ghee and milk
   on the highest summit.



svāyudʰásya te sató bʰúvanasya pate vayám |
índo sakʰitvámuśmasi || 6||



6. О Indu, we long for the friendship of thee,
   being possessed of good weapons (as thou art),
   О lord of the world.






Sūkta 9.32 

prá sómāso madacyútaḥ śrávase no magʰónaḥ |
sutā́ vidátʰe akramuḥ || 1||



1. The exhilaration-trickling Soma(-juice)s,
   (when) pressed, have stridden on in the sacrificial assembly
   for the fame of our liberal (sacrificer).



ā́dīṃ tritásya yóṣaṇo háriṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ |
índumíndrāya pītáye || 2||



2. Moreover, Trita's maidens (i.e. the fingers) urge him,
   the reddish-brown, with the stones;-
   (him), the Indu for the sake of Indra for drink.



ā́dīṃ haṃsó yátʰā gaṇáṃ víśvasyāvīvaśanmatím |
átyo ná góbʰirajyate || 3||



3. Afterwards, like the swan the group,
   (he, the Soma,) attracts the prayer of all;
   like a horse, he is annointed with milk (lit. cows).



ubʰé somāvacā́kaśanmṛgó ná taktó arṣasi |
sī́dannṛtásya yónimā́ || 4||



4. О Soma, illuminating both (Heaven and Earth),
   thou runnest like a deer urged on,-
   (thou) sitting on the place of Rta.



abʰí gā́vo anūṣata yóṣā jārámiva priyám |
ágannājíṃ yátʰā hitám || 5||



5. The cows have praised the dear (Soma),
   like a maiden (encouraging) the lover;
   (he) has gone to the battle as (towards) a prize,



asmé dʰehi dyumádyáśo magʰávadbʰyaśca máhyaṃ ca |
saníṃ medʰā́mutá śrávaḥ || 6||



6. Bestow lustrous fame and wealth on us,
   (that is) on (our) patrons and on me;
   bestow winning (poetic) intelligence and fame.






Sūkta 9.33 

prá sómāso vipaścíto'pā́ṃ ná yantyūrmáyaḥ |
vánāni mahiṣā́ iva || 1||



1. The Somas, the song-inspirers,
   flow (on) like waves of waters,
   like buffaloes (running) to the woods.



abʰí dróṇāni babʰrávaḥ śukrā́ ṛtásya dʰā́rayā |
vā́jaṃ gómantamakṣaran || 2||



2. The tawny-brown, shining (Somas) have flown
   with the stream of Rta
   towards strength possessed of cows.



sutā́ índrāya vāyáve váruṇāya marúdbʰyaḥ |
sómā arṣanti víṣṇave || 3||



3. Pressed out for Indra, Vayu, Varuna,
   the Maruts (and) Visnu,
   the Somas run on.



tisró vā́ca údīrate gā́vo mimanti dʰenávaḥ |
hárireti kánikradat || 4||



4. The three speeches rise up;
   the milch-cows bellow;
   roaring goes the reddish-brown (Soma).



abʰí bráhmīranūṣata yahvī́rṛtásya mātáraḥ |
marmṛjyánte diváḥ śíśum || 5||



5. The hymns, the youthful mothers of Rta,
   have praised him;
   they cleanse the heaven's child.



rāyáḥ samudrā́m̐ścatúro'smábʰyaṃ soma viśvátaḥ |
ā́ pavasva sahasríṇaḥ || 6||



6. О Soma, flow hither for us
   four oceans of wealth, thousandfold,
   from all sides.






Sūkta 9.34 

prá suvānó dʰā́rayā tánéndurhinvānó arṣati |
rujáddṛḷhā́ vyójasā || 1||



1. The Indu, being pressed out (and) being continuously urged on
   in a stream goes forward;
   (he) shatters away the strong fortresses with strength.



sutá índrāya vāyáve váruṇāya marúdbʰyaḥ |
sómo arṣati víṣṇave || 2||



2. The pressed out Soma
   runs for Indra, Vayu, Varuna,
   Maruts (and) for Visnu.



vṛ́ṣāṇaṃ vṛ́ṣabʰiryatáṃ sunvánti sómamádribʰiḥ |
duhánti śákmanā páyaḥ || 3||



3. (Him) the bull, the Soma, controlled by strong (men),
   they press out with stones;
   they milk out the milk(-like juice) with strength.



bʰúvattritásya márjyo bʰúvadíndrāya matsaráḥ |
sáṃ rūpaírajyate háriḥ || 4||



4. May (he) become worth cleansing for Trita
   (and) may (he) become exhilarating for Indra!
   The reddish-brown is well annointed with forms.



abʰī́mṛtásya viṣṭápaṃ duhaté pṛ́śnimātaraḥ |
cā́ru priyátamaṃ havíḥ || 5||



5. May those (Maruts), whose mothers are the Prshnis,
   milk out this (Soma), the supporter of Rta;—
   (he), the attractive, the dearest oblation.



sámenamáhrutā imā́ gíro arṣanti sasrútaḥ |
dʰenū́rvāśró avīvaśat || 6||



6. To this (Soma) run
   these guileless speeches flowing together;
   the bellowing (Soma) has longed for the cows.






Sūkta 9.35 

ā́ naḥ pavasva dʰā́rayā pávamāna rayíṃ pṛtʰúm |
yáyā jyótirvidā́si naḥ || 1||



1. О Pavamana, flow to us (well-)pervading wealth
   with (thy) stream,
   by which mayest (thou) obtain light for us!



índo samudramīṅkʰaya pávasva viśvamejaya |
rāyó dʰartā́ na ójasā || 2||



2. O Indu, О ocean-impeller,
   О all-stimulator, flow on,—
   (thou), the supporter of our wealth by (thy) power.



tváyā vīréṇa vīravo'bʰí ṣyāma pṛtanyatáḥ |
kṣárā ṇo abʰí vā́ryam || 3||



3. With thee the hero, О (thou) possessed of heroes,
   may we defeat the attacking ones!
   Flow for us towards (i.e. so as to bring) cherishable wealth.



prá vā́jamínduriṣyati síṣāsanvājasā́ ṛ́ṣiḥ |
vratā́ vidāná ā́yudʰā || 4||



4. The Indu sends forth strength,—
   (he) wishing to win, the winner of strength,
   the seer, knowing the functions (and) obtaining the weapons.



táṃ gīrbʰírvācamīṅkʰayáṃ punānáṃ vāsayāmasi |
sómaṃ jánasya gópatim || 5||



5. Him, the speech-impeller, (while) being purified,
   we clothe in songs;—
   (him), Soma, the people's (divine) lord of the cows.



víśvo yásya vraté jáno dādʰā́ra dʰármaṇaspáteḥ |
punānásya prabʰū́vasoḥ || 6||



6. (We praise him) in the ordinances of whom all people hold (together, — of him),
   the lord of sacrifice (lit. support);
   (him) being purified (and) possessing profuse wealth.






Sūkta 9.36 

ásarji rátʰyo yatʰā pavítre camvòḥ sutáḥ |
kā́rṣmanvājī́ nyàkramīt || 1||



1. Like a horse (urged on), he is sent into the strainer,
   (when) pressed out on the (two) wooden boards;
   the speedy one has fully stridden into the goal.



sá váhniḥ soma jā́gṛviḥ pávasva devavī́ráti |
abʰí kóśaṃ madʰuścútam || 2||



2. Such (thou), О Soma, (being) the carrier,
   the wakeful, the worshipper of gods,
   flow beyond, towards the mead-trickling vessel.



sá no jyótīṃṣi pūrvya pávamāna ví rocaya |
krátve dákṣāya no hinu || 3||



3. Such (thou), О Pavamana, О the first (one),
   illuminate the lights for us
   (and) urge us on for action (and) strength.



śumbʰámāna ṛtāyúbʰirmṛjyámāno gábʰastyoḥ |
pávate vā́re avyáye || 4||



4. Being beautified by Rta-desiring (priests),
   being cleansed between the arms,
   (he) flows into the sheep-hair (i.e. the strainer).



sá víśvā dāśúṣe vásu sómo divyā́ni pā́rtʰivā |
pávatāmā́ntárikṣyā || 5||



5. May that Soma (flow out)
   all heavenly (and) earthly wealth for the sacrificer;
   may he flow out mid-regional (wealth also)!



ā́ diváspṛṣṭʰámaśvayúrgavyayúḥ soma rohasi |
vīrayúḥ śavasaspate || 6||



6. О Soma, (thou), desiring for horses, for cows (and) for heroes,
   mountest the heaven's back,
   О lord of strength.






Sūkta 9.37 

sá sutáḥ pītáye vṛ́ṣā sómaḥ pavítre arṣati |
vigʰnánrákṣāṃsi devayúḥ || 1||



1. He, pressed for drink, the bull, the Soma,
   runs into the strainer,—
   (he) destroying the demons, wishing for the gods.



sá pavítre vicakṣaṇó hárirarṣati dʰarṇasíḥ |
abʰí yóniṃ kánikradat || 2||



2. He, the well seeing, the reddish-brown, the supporter,
   runs into the strainer,
   roaring (to go) towards the seat.



sá vājī́ rocanā́ diváḥ pávamāno ví dʰāvati |
rakṣohā́ vā́ramavyáyam || 3||



3. That strong one, the Pavamana,
   diversely runs to the shining regions of heaven,—
   (he) the demon-killer, to the sheep's hair (i.e. the strainer).



sá tritásyā́dʰi sā́navi pávamāno arocayat |
jāmíbʰiḥ sū́ryaṃ sahá || 4||



4. He, the Pavamana, has brightened
   the Sun (together) with the sisters
   on the summit of Trita.



sá vṛtrahā́ vṛ́ṣā sutó varivovídádābʰyaḥ |
sómo vā́jamivāsarat || 5||



5. He, the Vrtra-killer, the bull, the pressed out one,
   the undeceivable Soma, the obtainer of wealth,
   has flown out to strength as it were!



sá deváḥ kavíneṣitò'bʰí dróṇāni dʰāvati |
índuríndrāya maṃhánā || 6||



6. That god, impelled by the poet,
   runs towards the vessels;
   (he—), the Indu for Indra with profusion.






Sūkta 9.38 

eṣá u syá vṛ́ṣā rátʰó'vyo vā́rebʰirarṣati |
gácʰanvā́jaṃ sahasríṇam || 1||



1. This indeed, the (well-known) male par excellence,
   (speedy like) a chariot, runs along the sheep's hair;-
   (he), going to thousand fold strength.



etáṃ tritásya yóṣaṇo háriṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ |
índumíndrāya pītáye || 2||



2. Trita's wives (i.e. the fingers) send (onwards)
   this tawny-brown Indu with (pressing) stones
   for Indra for drink.



etáṃ tyáṃ haríto dáśa marmṛjyánte apasyúvaḥ |
yā́bʰirmádāya śúmbʰate || 3||



3. Him, that (well-known Soma},
   groom the ten busy tawny (ladies),
   by whom he is beautified for exhilaration.



eṣá syá mā́nuṣīṣvā́ śyenó ná vikṣú sīdati |
gácʰañjāró ná yoṣítam || 4||



4. This, that (well-known Soma)
   sits among the human (clans) like a falcon;-
   (he), going like a lover to the woman.



eṣá syá mádyo rásó'va caṣṭe diváḥ śíśuḥ |
yá índurvā́ramā́viśat || 5||



5. This, that (well-known) exhilarating juice,
   Heaven's child, looks below;-
   (he) who (as) Indu entered the hair (strainer).



eṣá syá pītáye sutó hárirarṣati dʰarṇasíḥ |
krándanyónimabʰí priyám || 6||



6. This, that (well-known Soma) pressed for drink,
   the tawny-brown, the Supporter,
   runs roaring towards the dear place.






Sūkta 9.39 

āśúrarṣa bṛhanmate pári priyéṇa dʰā́mnā |
yátra devā́ íti brávan || 1||



1. O (thou) possessed of great praises, (being) quick,
   flow around with (thy) dear form (there),
   where the Gods might thus speak: ('Indu, flows for us'!)



pariṣkṛṇvánnániṣkṛtaṃ jánāya yātáyanníṣaḥ |
vṛṣṭíṃ diváḥ pári srava || 2||



2. Fully preparing the unprepared (drink),
   bringing food for people (O Soma),
   flow out shower(s) from heaven.



sutá eti pavítra ā́ tvíṣiṃ dádʰāna ójasā |
vicákṣāṇo virocáyan || 3||



3. The pressed out (Soma) goes into the strainer,
   bearing lustre with (his) strength;—
   (he), the well-seeing, illuminating (everything).



ayáṃ sá yó diváspári ragʰuyā́mā pavítra ā́ |
síndʰorūrmā́ vyákṣarat || 4||



4. This is he, who, speedily coming from heaven,
   has trickled into the strainer,
   into the river's wave.



āvívāsanparāváto átʰo arvāvátaḥ sutáḥ |
índrāya sicyate mádʰu || 5||



5. Worshipping the distant (gods) as well as the near (ones),
   the pressed out (Soma),
   the mead, is sprinkled for Indra.



samīcīnā́ anūṣata háriṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ |
yónāvṛtásya sīdata || 6||



6. (The priests), being (i.e. sitting) in order, have praised (the Soma);
   with the pressing stones, they urge on the reddish-brown (one);
   (О gods), sit on the sacrificial altar (lit. the place of Rta).






Sūkta 9.40 

punānó akramīdabʰí víśvā mṛ́dʰo vícarṣaṇiḥ |
śumbʰánti vípraṃ dʰītíbʰiḥ || 1||



1. Being purified, the active (Soma)
   has overcome all enemies;
   (the priests) beautify the singer (i.e. Soma) with songs.



ā́ yónimaruṇó ruhadgámadíndraṃ vṛ́ṣā sutáḥ |
dʰruvé sádasi sīdati || 2||



2. The red (one) has mounted the seat; may the male par excellence (lit. the bull),
   the pressed out (Soma) go to Indra!
   He sits on the firm (i.e. heavenly) seat!



nū́ no rayíṃ mahā́mindo'smábʰyaṃ soma viśvátaḥ |
ā́ pavasva sahasríṇam || 3||



3. О Indu, flow out for us, indeed,
   great thousandfold wealth towards us,
   from all sides, О Soma!



víśvā soma pavamāna dyumnā́nīndavā́ bʰara |
vidā́ḥ sahasríṇīríṣaḥ || 4||



4. О flowing Soma, О Indu, bring hither
   all shining (wealth);
   obtain thousandfold food.



sá naḥ punāná ā́ bʰara rayíṃ stotré suvī́ryam |
jaritúrvardʰayā gíraḥ || 5||



5. Such (thou), while being purified, bring hither
   wealth for us and good heroic sons for the praising (poet);
   increase the singer's songs!



punāná indavā́ bʰara sóma dvibárhasaṃ rayím |
vṛ́ṣannindo na uktʰyàm || 6||



6. Being purified, О Indu, О Soma, bring here
   doubly-increasing, praiseworthy wealth,
   О Indu, the male par excellence (lit. the bull).






Sūkta 9.41 

prá yé gā́vo ná bʰū́rṇayastveṣā́ ayā́so ákramuḥ |
gʰnántaḥ kṛṣṇā́mápa tvácam || 1||



1. (We praise the Somas), who, agile, vigorous,
   quick like the moving (rays), have stridden on,
   striking away the black skin.



suvitásya manāmahé'ti sétuṃ durāvyàm |
sāhvā́ṃso dásyumavratám || 2||



2. We highly think of (Soma's) grace,
   having overcome the irreligious Dasyu(s),
   having gone beyond the unassailable barrier.



śṛṇvé vṛṣṭériva svanáḥ pávamānasya śuṣmíṇaḥ |
cáranti vidyúto diví || 3||



3. The sound of the impetuous Pavamana
   is heard like (that) of the rains;
   the lightnings move in heaven.



ā́ pavasva mahī́míṣaṃ gómadindo híraṇyavat |
áśvāvadvā́javatsutáḥ || 4||



4. О Indu, (when) pressed, flow out
   great food possessing cows, possessing gold,
   possessing hordes (and) possessing strength.



sá pavasva vicarṣaṇa ā́ mahī́ ródasī pṛṇa |
uṣā́ḥ sū́ryo ná raśmíbʰiḥ || 5||



5. Such (thou), О active one, flow on;
   well fill in the great Heaven and Earth with rays,
   like the Sun and the Dawn.



pári ṇaḥ śarmayántyā dʰā́rayā soma viśvátaḥ |
sárā raséva viṣṭápam || 6||



6. О Soma, with (thy) stream bringing happiness to us,
   flow-around from all sides
   like the (river) Rasa to the (Heavenly) Summit.






Sūkta 9.42 

janáyanrocanā́ divó janáyannapsú sū́ryam |
vásāno gā́ apó háriḥ || 1||



1. Creating the Heaven's lighted (spaces),
   generating the Sun in the waters,
   the reddish-brown (flows on) clothing himself in milk and waters, ...



eṣá pratnéna mánmanā devó devébʰyaspári |
dʰā́rayā pavate sutáḥ || 2||



2. This (Soma), the God (brought)
   from the gods by the ancient hymn,
   (when) pressed, flows in a stream.



vāvṛdʰānā́ya tū́rvaye pávante vā́jasātaye |
sómāḥ sahásrapājasaḥ || 3||



3. The Somas of thousand-fold strength flow
   for the well-grown, impetuous (Indra)
   for the obtainment of strength.



duhānáḥ pratnámítpáyaḥ pavítre pári ṣicyate |
krándandevā́m̐ ajījanat || 4||



4. Milking the eternal milk-(like juice),
   he indeed is poured into the strainer;
   roaring (he) has created the gods.



abʰí víśvāni vā́ryābʰí devā́m̐ ṛtāvṛ́dʰaḥ |
sómaḥ punānó arṣati || 5||



5. Towards all cherishable (things),
   towards the Rta-increasing gods,
   Soma runs being purified.



gómannaḥ soma vīrávadáśvāvadvā́javatsutáḥ |
pávasva bṛhatī́ríṣaḥ || 6||



6. О Soma, (when) pressed, flow for us abundant food,
   having cows, having heroes,
   having horses, (and) having strength.






Sūkta 9.43 

yó átya iva mṛjyáte góbʰirmádāya haryatáḥ |
táṃ gīrbʰírvāsayāmasi || 1||



1. Who, the impetuous one, is groomed with milk
   like a horse, for the sake of exhilaration;--
   him we clothe with songs.



táṃ no víśvā avasyúvo gíraḥ śumbʰanti pūrvátʰā |
índumíndrāya pītáye || 2||



2. Him beautify all our songs, as formerly,
   longing for protection,—
   (him) the Indu, for Indra for drink.



punānó yāti haryatáḥ sómo gīrbʰíḥ páriṣkṛtaḥ |
víprasya médʰyātitʰeḥ || 3||



3. Decorated by the songs of the singer Medhyatithi,
   the impetuous Soma, marches on,
   being purified.



pávamāna vidā́ rayímasmábʰyaṃ soma suśríyam |
índo sahásravarcasam || 4||



4. О flowing Soma, O Indu,
   obtain for us well-shining wealth,
   possessed of thousandfold lustre.



índurátyo ná vājasṛ́tkánikranti pavítra ā́ |
yádákṣāráti devayúḥ || 5||



5. Indu, moving towards prize, like a horse,
   profusely roars in the strainer,
   when, longing for the gods, he has flown over (into it).



pávasva vā́jasātaye víprasya gṛṇató vṛdʰé |
sóma rā́sva suvī́ryam || 6||



6. Flow for the obtainment of strength,
   for the prosperity of the praising singer;
   О Soma, bestow good heroes.






Sūkta 9.44 

prá ṇa indo mahé tána ūrmíṃ ná bíbʰradarṣasi |
abʰí devā́m̐ ayā́syaḥ || 1||



1. О Indu! thou runnest on to us as if carrying a wave,
   for the great, expanding (sacrifice , thou being)
   effortless (i.e. naturally skilful) towards the gods.



matī́ juṣṭó dʰiyā́ hitáḥ sómo hinve parāváti |
víprasya dʰā́rayā kavíḥ || 2||



2. Enjoyed by (or in accompaniment of) the hymn,
   sent (forward) by the song, Soma hurries himself
   towards the distant (heaven) by the Singer's (poetic) stream— (he) the wise.



ayáṃ devéṣu jā́gṛviḥ sutá eti pavítra ā́ |
sómo yāti vícarṣaṇiḥ || 3||



3. This, the wakeful among the gods,
   (when) pressed, goes into the strainer;
   Soma, the active, marches on.



sá naḥ pavasva vājayúścakrāṇáścā́rumadʰvarám |
barhíṣmām̐ ā́ vivāsati || 4||



4. Such (lit. that thou) desiring for strength,
   flow to us, making the sacrifice beautiful.
   Possessed of sacred grass, (he) worships (the gods).



sá no bʰágāya vāyáve vípravīraḥ sadā́vṛdʰaḥ |
sómo devéṣvā́ yamat || 5||



5. Such thou, having singers as heroic (worshippers),
   always possessed of devotees (lit. increasers), (flow) for Bhaga and Vayu.
   May Soma strive among the gods for us!



sá no adyá vásuttaye kratuvídgātuvíttamaḥ |
vā́jaṃ jeṣi śrávo bṛhát || 6||



6. That thou, the knower of (our) thoughts, the greatest knower of path(s),
   (flow) for us to-day for the obtainment of wealth;
   conquer strength (and) great fame.






Sūkta 9.45 

sá pavasva mádāya káṃ nṛcákṣā devávītaye |
índavíndrāya pītáye || 1||



1. (Thou) that Soma, men-seeing, flow indeed for exhilaration,
   for the enjoyment of gods, О Indu,
   for Indra, for (his) drinking.



sá no arṣābʰí dūtyàṃ tvámíndrāya tośase |
devā́nsákʰibʰya ā́ váram || 2||



2. That (i.e. such thou) flow towards messengership;
   thou art pounded for Indra,
   (thou) dearer to the gods than friends!



utá tvā́maruṇáṃ vayáṃ góbʰirañjmo mádāya kám |
ví no rāyé dúro vṛdʰi || 3||



3. Moreover, we anoint thee, the red one,
   with milk for exhilaration indeed!
   Open for us the doors for wealth.



átyū pavítramakramīdvājī́ dʰúraṃ ná yā́mani |
índurdevéṣu patyate || 4||



4. He has stridden beyond the strainer,
   like a swift (horse, beyond) the yoke(-like pole) on the course;
   Indu goes to the gods!



sámī sákʰāyo asvaranváne krī́ḷantamátyavim |
índuṃ nāvā́ anūṣata || 5||



5. The friends (i.e. the priests) have sung together,
   over (him), playing in the woods (when he has stridden) beyond the sheep(-hair):
   the songs have praised Indu.



táyā pavasva dʰā́rayā yáyā pītó vicákṣase |
índo stotré suvī́ryam || 6||



6. Flow with that stream, (being) drunk
   with which thou grantest (lit. seeest)
   good sons to the singer.






Sūkta 9.46 

ásṛgrandevávītayé'tyāsaḥ kṛ́tvyā iva |
kṣárantaḥ parvatāvṛ́dʰaḥ || 1||



1. The flowing (Somas), growing on the mountains,
   are sent forward like well-groomed horses
   for the enjoyment of gods.



páriṣkṛtāsa índavo yóṣeva pítryāvatī |
vāyúṃ sómā asṛkṣata || 2||



2. The Indus, beautified
   like a young lady possessing paternal (wealth),
   the Somas, are sent forward to Vayu.



eté sómāsa índavaḥ práyasvantaścamū́ sutā́ḥ |
índraṃ vardʰanti kármabʰiḥ || 3||



3. These Somas, the drops,
   possessing food, pressed on the wooden boards,
   increase Indra for the sake of (heroic) deeds.



ā́ dʰāvatā suhastyaḥ śukrā́ gṛbʰṇīta mantʰínā |
góbʰiḥ śrīṇīta matsarám || 4||



4. Mix (the Soma), О skilful-handed (rtviks);
   take the (two cups viz) Sukra and Manthin;
   mix the exhilarating (Soma) with milk (lit. cows).



sá pavasva dʰanaṃjaya prayantā́ rā́dʰaso maháḥ |
asmábʰyaṃ soma gātuvít || 5||



5. Such (lit. that, thou) О Soma, the conqueror of wealth,
   flow on, (thou), the bestower of great gifts,
   (being) the path-finder for us.



etáṃ mṛjanti márjyaṃ pávamānaṃ dáśa kṣípaḥ |
índrāya matsaráṃ mádam || 6||



6. The ten fingers cleanse this Pavamana,
   worthy of being cleansed, the exhilarating drink (lit. juice)
   for the sake of Indra.






Sūkta 9.47 

ayā́ sómaḥ sukṛtyáyā maháścidabʰyàvardʰata |
mandāná údvṛṣāyate || 1||



1. By this excellent preparation the Soma,
   (being) indeed great, has (further) grown;
   exhilarating (himself), he behaves like an up(-jumping i.e. turbulent) bull!



kṛtā́nī́dasya kártvā cétante dasyutárhaṇā |
ṛṇā́ ca dʰṛṣṇúścayate || 2||



2. Dasyu-destroying exploits (lit. actions),
   done and to be done by him are well-known;
   the attacking (Soma) gathers (our) debts.



ā́tsóma indriyó ráso vájraḥ sahasrasā́ bʰuvat |
uktʰáṃ yádasya jā́yate || 3||



3. After this, may the Soma, the Indra-worthy juice
   become a thunderbolt, the conqueror of thousands,
   when his panegyric comes up (lit. is born)!



svayáṃ kavírvidʰartári víprāya rátnamicʰati |
yádī marmṛjyáte dʰíyaḥ || 4||



4. Himself, wise in distributing, desires (i.e. procures)
   valuable gift(s) for the singer,
   when he is groomed by the praises.



siṣāsátū rayīṇā́ṃ vā́jeṣvárvatāmiva |
bʰáreṣu jigyúṣāmasi || 5||



5. Thou (Soma) art the winner of wealth
   for the victorious (heroes) in the fight,
   as in the case of (lit. for) horses in the prize(-races).






Sūkta 9.48 

táṃ tvā nṛmṇā́ni bíbʰrataṃ sadʰástʰeṣu mahó diváḥ |
cā́ruṃ sukṛtyáyemahe || 1||



1. That thee, bearing manly (i.e. heroic) powers
   in the great Heaven's (gathering) places, the beautiful one,
   we approach by (our) skilful preparation (of the juice).



sáṃvṛktadʰṛṣṇumuktʰyàṃ mahā́mahivrataṃ mádam |
śatáṃ púro rurukṣáṇim || 2||



2. (We approach thee), the praiseworthy, who well destroyed the attacking (enemies),
   the great performer (lit. possessor) of great deeds,
   the exhilarator, the destroyer of hundred cities!



átastvā rayímabʰí rā́jānaṃ sukrato diváḥ |
suparṇó avyatʰírbʰarat || 3||



3. From there (i e. Heaven), the eagle, untormented, has brought
   thee, the king of Heaven, for (obtaining) wealth,
   О (thou), the highly intelligent (one)!



víśvasmā ítsvàrdṛśé sā́dʰāraṇaṃ rajastúram |
gopā́mṛtásya vírbʰarat || 4||



4. (Thee), common (i.e. belonging) to all,
   the traverser of airy spaces, the Rta-protector,-
   (thee) the bird has brought for all, for seeing the Sun.



ádʰā hinvāná indriyáṃ jyā́yo mahitvámānaśe |
abʰiṣṭikṛ́dvícarṣaṇiḥ || 5||



5. Then, sending forward (the juice), liked by Indra,
   he has assumed greater  greatness,-
  (he), the bestower (lit. creator) of superior powers, the vigorous one.






Sūkta 9.49 

pávasva vṛṣṭímā́ sú no'pā́mūrmíṃ diváspári |
ayakṣmā́ bṛhatī́ríṣaḥ || 1||



1. Well flow out hitherwards rain(-showers) for us,—
   the waters' wave from heaven;
   (flow out) abundant food free from (evil).



táyā pavasva dʰā́rayā yáyā gā́va ihā́gáman |
jányāsa úpa no gṛhám || 2||



2. Flow with that stream
   by which cows beneficial to men
   may come hither, to our home.



gʰṛtáṃ pavasva dʰā́rayā yajñéṣu devavī́tamaḥ |
asmábʰyaṃ vṛṣṭímā́ pava || 3||



3. Flow out melted butter with (thy) stream,— 
  (thou), the greatest delighter of gods in the sacrifices;
   flow out hitherwards rain for us.



sá na ūrjé vyàvyáyaṃ pavítraṃ dʰāva dʰā́rayā |
devā́saḥ śṛṇávanhí kam || 4||



4. Such (lit. that thou), run well with the stream to the sheep-strainer
   for the sake of strength for us;
   may the gods, indeed, hear us!



pávamāno asiṣyadadrákṣāṃsyapajáṅgʰanat |
pratnavádrocáyanrúcaḥ || 5||



5. The Pavamana has trickled,
   striking away the demons,
   making the lights shine as of old.






Sūkta 9.50 

útte śúṣmāsa īrate síndʰorūrmériva svanáḥ |
vāṇásya codayā pavím || 1||



1. Thy strong movements surge up
   like the sound of the river's wave;
   speed up the felly of the song(-car).



prasavé ta údīrate tisró vā́co makʰasyúvaḥ |
yádávya éṣi sā́navi || 2||



2. At thy pressing, the three (sacred) speeches,
   longing for the heroic (Soma), raise themselves up,
   when (thou) goest to the summit of the sheep(-hair).



ávyo vā́re pári priyáṃ háriṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ |
pávamānaṃ madʰuścútam || 3||



3. Into the sheep-hair,
   they urge on with the (pressing-)stones
   the dear reddish-brown honey-trickling Pavamana.



ā́ pavasva madintama pavítraṃ dʰā́rayā kave |
arkásya yónimāsádam || 4||



4. O (thou) the most exhilarating (Soma),
   flow to the strainer with (thy) stream, О wise one,
   in order to sit on the place of (i. e. glorified by) the song.



sá pavasva madintama góbʰirañjānó aktúbʰiḥ |
índavíndrāya pītáye || 5||



5. Such (thou), О Indu, the most exhilarating (one),
   being annointed (i. e. mixed) with the besmearing milk,
   flow (on) for Indra to drink.






Sūkta 9.51 

ádʰvaryo ádribʰiḥ sutáṃ sómaṃ pavítra ā́ sṛja |
punīhī́ndrāya pā́tave || 1||



1. O  Adhvaryu, send on into the strainer
   the Soma pressed by the stones;
   purify (it) for Indra to drink.



diváḥ pīyū́ṣamuttamáṃ sómamíndrāya vajríṇe |
sunótā mádʰumattamam || 2||



2. The best, (swelling) juice of heaven,
   the Soma, highly full of mead,—
   press (ye) for Indra, the thunder-bolt-wielder!



táva tyá indo ándʰaso devā́ mádʰorvyàśnate |
pávamānasya marútaḥ || 3||



3. Those gods, the Maruts,
   enjoy thy juice, (full of) mead,—
   of (thee) the flowing one.



tváṃ hí soma vardʰáyansutó mádāya bʰū́rṇaye |
vṛ́ṣanstotā́ramūtáye || 4||



4. Thou, indeed, О Soma, О (strength-) showering one,
   increasing (the songs), pressed for a vigourous exhilaration,
   (run on) to the singer for protection.



abʰyàrṣa vicakṣaṇa pavítraṃ dʰā́rayā sutáḥ |
abʰí vā́jamutá śrávaḥ || 5||



5. (Such thou), О well-seeing, (when) pressed,
   flow with (thy) stream to the strainer;
   flow towards strength and fame!






Sūkta 9.52 

pári dyukṣáḥ sanádrayirbʰáradvā́jaṃ no ándʰasā |
suvānó arṣa pavítra ā́ || 1||



1. May (Soma), the heaven-dweller, the obtainer of wealth,
   bring strength to us from everywhere along with his juice!
   Being pressed, run (О Soma) into the strainer.



táva pratnébʰirádʰvabʰirávyo vā́re pári priyáḥ |
sahásradʰāro yāttánā || 2||



2. May the dear, thousand-streamed (juice)
   flow continuously over the sheep-hair
   by thy ancient paths!



carúrná yástámīṅkʰayéndo ná dā́namīṅkʰaya |
vadʰaírvadʰasnavīṅkʰaya || 3||



3. Shake (him) who is like a (food-)pot;
   О Indu, stimulate the gift, as it were,
   О deadly one, with thy deadly (weapons)!



ní śúṣmamindaveṣāṃ púruhūta jánānām |
yó asmā́m̐ ādídeśati || 4||



4. О Indu, invoked in many places,
   (put) down the strength of these (inimical) people,—
   (the strength) which challenges us!



śatáṃ na inda ūtíbʰiḥ sahásraṃ vā śúcīnām |
pávasva maṃhayádrayiḥ || 5||



5. О Indu, (as) bestower of wealth, flow to us
   with thy protections, hundreds, thousands, of (thy) lustrous (streams,
   bringing possessions!)






Sūkta 9.53 

útte śúṣmāso astʰū rákṣo bʰindánto adrivaḥ |
nudásva yā́ḥ parispṛ́dʰaḥ || 1||



1. Thy strengths have risen up, destroying the demons,
   О (thou) possessing the thunderbolt (lit. the unbreakable stone)!
   Drive away (those) who fight (with us) on all sides.



ayā́ nijagʰnírójasā ratʰasaṃgé dʰáne hité |
stávā ábibʰyuṣā hṛdā́ || 2||



2. Striking with power in the accompaniment of this (hymn),
   when the wealth (prize) is kept in the conflict of chariots,
   let me praise (thee) with an unfearing heart!



ásya vratā́ni nā́dʰṛ́ṣe pávamānasya dūḍʰyā̀ |
rujá yástvā pṛtanyáti || 3||



3. The ordinances of this Pavamana
   are not for attack by the evil-intentioned;
   destroy (him) who wants to fight against thee.



táṃ hinvanti madacyútaṃ háriṃ nadī́ṣu vājínam |
índumíndrāya matsarám || 4||



4. Him, the exhilaration-trickling, brown, strong (Soma),
   they urge into the rivers—
   (him), the Indu, the exhilarating (drink) for Indra!






Sūkta 9.54 

asyá pratnā́mánu dyútaṃ śukráṃ duduhre áhrayaḥ |
páyaḥ sahasrasā́mṛ́ṣim || 1||



1. After his ancient lustre, (or along the shining plant)
   the (priests or the fingers), free from bashfulness,
   have milked the shining milk (out of) the thousand-winning sage.



ayáṃ sū́rya ivopadṛ́gayáṃ sárāṃsi dʰāvati |
saptá praváta ā́ dívam || 2||



2. This (Soma is) the observer like the Sun;
   this runs to the rivers,
   (runs) to the seven slopes up to the heaven.



ayáṃ víśvāni tiṣṭʰati punānó bʰúvanopári |
sómo devó ná sū́ryaḥ || 3||



3. This god Soma, being purified,
   stands above all the worlds
   like the Sun-god.



pári ṇo devávītaye vā́jām̐ arṣasi gómataḥ |
punāná indavindrayúḥ || 4||



4. (Thou) flowest out to us strength possessed of cows
   for the worship of gods, О Indu,
   (when thou art) being purified, longing for Indra.






Sūkta 9.55 

yávaṃyavaṃ no ándʰasā puṣṭámpuṣṭaṃ pári srava |
sóma víśvā ca saúbʰagā || 1||



1. Flow on to us with (thy) juice,
   (so as to bring) corn over corn, prosperity over prosperity,
   and О Soma, all good fortunes!



índo yátʰā táva stávo yátʰā te jātámándʰasaḥ |
ní barhíṣi priyé sadaḥ || 2||



2. О Indu, since thy praise (is sung, and there is)
   the birth of thy juice,
   sit on the dear grass(-seat).



utá no govídaśvavítpávasva somā́ndʰasā |
makṣū́tamebʰiráhabʰiḥ || 3||



3. Moreover, О Soma, (thou being) the obtainer of cows
   (and) obtainer of horses for us,
   flow on with (thy) juice during the coming (lit. immediately following) days.



yó jinā́ti ná jī́yate hánti śátrumabʰī́tya |
sá pavasva sahasrajit || 4||



4. Who conquers, (but) is not conquered
   (and) having attacked the enemy, kills (him),—
   such (thou) flow on (so as to be) a conquerer of thousands.






Sūkta 9.56 

pári sóma ṛtáṃ bṛhádāśúḥ pavítre arṣati |
vigʰnánrákṣāṃsi devayúḥ || 1||



1. Soma, the speedy, runs over into the strainer
   towards the great Rta,—
   (Soma), destroying the demons, (and) desiring for the gods.



yátsómo vā́jamárṣati śatáṃ dʰā́rā apasyúvaḥ |
índrasya sakʰyámāviśán || 2||



2. When Soma runs to strength,
   (and) when (his) hundred, busy streams
   enter Indra's friendship,



abʰí tvā yóṣaṇo dáśa jāráṃ ná kanyā̀nūṣata |
mṛjyáse soma sātáye || 3||



3. (At that time), the ten ladies encourage (or praise) thee,
   like a maiden(her) lover;
   О Soma, thou art cleansed for the obtainment (of strength).



tvámíndrāya víṣṇave svādúrindo pári srava |
nṝ́nstotṝ́npāhyáṃhasaḥ || 4||



4. О Indu, flow on (so as to be) tasty
   for Indra (and) Visnu;
   protect men (and) singers from evil.






Sūkta 9.57 

prá te dʰā́rā asaścáto divó ná yanti vṛṣṭáyaḥ |
ácʰā vā́jaṃ sahasríṇam || 1||



1. Thy several(-ly flowing) streams go on
   to (i.e. bring) thousandfold strength,
   like the showers from Heaven.



abʰí priyā́ṇi kā́vyā víśvā cákṣāṇo arṣati |
háristuñjāná ā́yudʰā || 2||



2. Towards dear, wonderful (things),
   he, the observer of all, runs;
   (he), the brown (one), sharpening (his) weapons.



sá marmṛjāná āyúbʰiríbʰo rā́jeva suvratáḥ |
śyenó ná váṃsu ṣīdati || 3||



3. He, being cleansed by men like the elephant-king
   possessing excellent, wonderful activities,
   sits in the cups, like a hawk (on the trees).



sá no víśvā divó vásūtó pṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi |
punāná indavā́ bʰara || 4||



4. That (i.e. such thou), О Indu, (while) being purified,
   bring for us all wealth
   (which is) in Heaven as well as on the Earth!






Sūkta 9.58 

táratsá mandī́ dʰāvati dʰā́rā sutásyā́ndʰasaḥ |
táratsá mandī́ dʰāvati || 1||



1. May he overcome (the enemies)!— (he), the exhilarating (one),
   the stream of the pressed stalk, runs on;
   may he overcome (the enemies)! The exhilarating one runs on.



usrā́ veda vásūnāṃ mártasya devyávasaḥ |
táratsá mandī́ dʰāvati || 2||



2. The shining goddess (fully) knows of the shining (possessions),
   (and) of the protection of the mortal.
   May he (Soma) overcome (the enemies)! The exhilarating one runs on.



dʰvasráyoḥ puruṣántyorā́ sahásrāṇi dadmahe |
táratsá mandī́ dʰāvati || 3||



3. We (have) obtain(ed) thousand(-fold gift)s
   from (the couple) Dhvasra and Purusanti.
   May he (Soma) overcome etc...



ā́ yáyostriṃśátaṃ tánā sahásrāṇi ca dádmahe |
táratsá mandī́ dʰāvati || 4||



4. From (lit. of) whom (viz. Dhvasra and Purusanti) we, moreover, have obtain(ed)
   thirty thousand (of cows) in a continuous (line).
   May he (Soma) overcome etc...






Sūkta 9.59 

pávasva gojídaśvajídviśvajítsoma raṇyajít |
prajā́vadrátnamā́ bʰara || 1||



1. Flow on, О Soma, (so as be) the conqueror of cows, the conqueror of horses,
   the conqueror of all, (and) the conqueror of delightful (possessions);
   bring treasure(s) accompanied by progeny.



pávasvādbʰyó ádābʰyaḥ pávasvaúṣadʰībʰyaḥ |
pávasva dʰiṣáṇābʰyaḥ || 2||



2. Flow for waters, (thou) the undeceivable one;
   flow for plants;
   flow for the (pressing) stones.



tváṃ soma pávamāno víśvāni duritā́ tara |
kavíḥ sīda ní barhíṣi || 3||



3. О Soma, thou (while) flowing, overcome all evils;
   (being) the wise (poet),
   sit down on the (sacred) grass.



pávamāna svàrvido jā́yamāno'bʰavo mahā́n |
índo víśvām̐ abʰī́dasi || 4||



4. О Pavamana, obtain light;
   (while) being born, (thou) hast become great;
   О Indu, (thou), indeed, overcomest all.






Sūkta 9.60 

prá gāyatréṇa gāyata pávamānaṃ vícarṣaṇim |
índuṃ sahásracakṣasam || 1||



1. Sing loudly with the Gayatra-melody to the flowing (Soma),
   the one moving diversely,
   the thousand-eyed Indu.



táṃ tvā sahásracakṣasamátʰo sahásrabʰarṇasam |
áti vā́ramapāviṣuḥ || 2||



2. Such (lit. that) thee,  the thousand-eyed,
    carrying thousand (supports),
   they have purified across the hair(-strainer).



áti vā́rānpávamāno asiṣyadatkaláśām̐ abʰí dʰāvati |
índrasya hā́rdyāviśán || 3||



3. The Pavamana has trickled beyond the hair(-strainer);
   (he) runs towards the vessels,
   entering Indra's heart.



índrasya soma rā́dʰase śáṃ pavasva vicarṣaṇe |
prajā́vadréta ā́ bʰara || 4||



4. О Soma, (flow) for Indra's offering;
   О diversely moving, flow out welfare;
   bring fertile (i.e. progeny-possessing) semen.






Sūkta 9.61 

ayā́ vītī́ pári srava yásta indo mádeṣvā́ |
avā́hannavatī́rnáva || 1||



1. Flow over for this (sacrificial) feast, (for Indra),
   who, О Indu, in thy exhilarations has struck down
   nine (and) ninety (enemy-fortresses).



púraḥ sadyá ittʰā́dʰiye dívodāsāya śámbaram |
ádʰa tyáṃ turváśaṃ yádum || 2||



2. (Indra), for the sake of honest-minded Divodasa,
   (destroyed) in one stroke the cities (and) Sambara;
   moreover, that Turvasa and Yadu (too).



pári ṇo áśvamaśvavídgómadindo híraṇyavat |
kṣárā sahasríṇīríṣaḥ || 3||



3. (Thou being) the obtainer of horses, flow out for us horse(s);
   (and) О Indu, thousandfold food
   possessed of (i.e. accompanied by) cows and gold.



pávamānasya te vayáṃ pavítramabʰyundatáḥ |
sakʰitvámā́ vṛṇīmahe || 4||



4. We beg of (thy) friendship,
   (of thee) the flowing one,
   (the one) fully moistening the strainer.



yé te pavítramūrmáyo'bʰikṣáranti dʰā́rayā |
tébʰirnaḥ soma mṛḷaya || 5||



5. The waves of thine,
   which in a stream flow to the strainer—
   with those be kind to us!



sá naḥ punāná ā́ bʰara rayíṃ vīrávatīmíṣam |
ī́śānaḥ soma viśvátaḥ || 6||



6. Such (thou, while) being purified,
   bring to us wealth (and) food, possessed of heroes—
   (thou) being powerful everywhere (lit. in all places), О Soma.



etámu tyáṃ dáśa kṣípo mṛjánti síndʰumātaram |
sámādityébʰirakʰyata || 7||



7. The ten fingers cleanse this famous (lit. that Soma),
   whose mothers are the rivers.
   He is seen with the Adityas.



sámíndreṇotá vāyúnā sutá eti pavítra ā́ |
sáṃ sū́ryasya raśmíbʰiḥ || 8||



8. (When) pressed, he goes into the strainer;
   (he unites) with Indra, also with Vayu;
   (and) with the Sun's rays.



sá no bʰágāya vāyáve pūṣṇé pavasva mádʰumān |
cā́rurmitré váruṇe ca || 9||



9. Such (thou), possessed of honey, flow (on) for us,
   for (the enjoyment of) Bhaga, Vayu, Pusan;
   (being) cherishable (flow) for Mitra (and) Varuna.



uccā́ te jātámándʰaso diví ṣádbʰū́myā́ dade |
ugráṃ śárma máhi śrávaḥ || 10||



10. The birth of thy (exhilarating) drink is high up;
   being in Heaven, the Earth took it,
   (which is, i.e., from which comes) powerful protection and great fame!



enā́ víśvānyaryá ā́ dyumnā́ni mā́nuṣāṇām |
síṣāsanto vanāmahe || 11||



11. Through him wishing to conquer,
   we (beg of him that, we) win all the shining (wealth) of men
   including that of (lit. up to) the (rich) lords!



sá na índrāya yájyave váruṇāya marúdbʰyaḥ |
varivovítpári srava || 12||



12. Such (thou), the obtainer of wealth, flow over for us,
   (also) for the sacrifices
   for (the enjoyment of) Indra, Vayu, Varuna (and) the Maruts.



úpo ṣú jātámaptúraṃ góbʰirbʰaṅgáṃ páriṣkṛtam |
índuṃ devā́ ayāsiṣuḥ || 13||



13. (Him) Indu, the well-born, well-dressed with milk,
   the one crossing the waters, the destroyer (of enemies)—
   the gods have gone to.



támídvardʰantu no gíro vatsáṃ saṃśíśvarīriva |
yá índrasya hṛdaṃsániḥ || 14||



14. May indeed our songs increase him,
   like the (milk-)swelling (cows) the calf;—
   (him), who is the heart-winner of Indra!



árṣā ṇaḥ soma śáṃ gáve dʰukṣásva pipyúṣīmíṣam |
várdʰā samudrámuktʰyàm || 15||



15. О Soma, flow (on) well-being to our cow(s);
   milk out swelling food;
   increase the song-worthy ocean!



pávamāno ajījanaddiváścitráṃ ná tanyatúm |
jyótirvaiśvānaráṃ bṛhát || 16||



16. Pavamana created from Heaven,
   like brilliant thunder,
   great light belonging to all men!



pávamānasya te ráso mádo rājannaducʰunáḥ |
ví vā́ramávyamarṣati || 17||



17. Of thee, the Pavamana, O king,
   the juice free from evil goes variously
   to the sheep-hair.



pávamāna rásastáva dákṣo ví rājati dyumā́n |
jyótirvíśvaṃ svàrdṛśé || 18||



18. О Pavamana, thy efficiency-giving juice
   shines out, refulgent(ly);—
  (it serves as) a light to show the (heavenly) light to all.



yáste mádo váreṇyasténā pavasvā́ndʰasā |
devāvī́ragʰaśaṃsahā́ || 19||



19. That exhilarating (juice) of thine (which is) worthy of being chosen,—
  with that exhilarating drink flow on,
   (thou being) the delighter of gods, the destroyer of the reciters of evil(-incantations).



jágʰnirvṛtrámamitríyaṃ sásnirvā́jaṃ divédive |
goṣā́ u aśvasā́ asi || 20||



20. Killer of the obstructing enemy,
   winner of strength everyday,
   thou art, indeed, the winner of cows, the winner of horses.



sámmiślo aruṣó bʰava sūpastʰā́bʰirná dʰenúbʰiḥ |
sī́dañcʰyenó ná yónimā́ || 21||



21. (When) mixed, become red in the company
   of the ample-hipped cows;—
  (thou) sitting on (thy) seat like a falcon.



sá pavasva yá ā́vitʰéndraṃ vṛtrā́ya hántave |
vavrivā́ṃsaṃ mahī́rapáḥ || 22||



22. Such (lit. that) thou,
   who hast enabled Indra to kill Vrtra,
   (who) had obstructed the great water, flow on.



suvī́rāso vayáṃ dʰánā jáyema soma mīḍʰvaḥ |
punānó vardʰa no gíraḥ || 23||



23. May we, possessed of heroes,
   conquer (plentiful) wealth, О bountiful Soma!
   (While) being purified, swell our songs.



tvótāsastávā́vasā syā́ma vanvánta āmúraḥ |
sóma vratéṣu jāgṛhi || 24||



24. Protected by thee by (means of) thy protection,
   may we be conquering the deadly (enemies)!
   (and for this) О Soma, be awake in (thy) functions!



apagʰnánpavate mṛ́dʰó'pa sómo árāvṇaḥ |
gácʰanníndrasya niṣkṛtám || 25||



25. Striking away the destructive (enemies), О Pavamana,
   (strike) away the non-givers,
   (while) going to Indra's place.



mahó no rāyá ā́ bʰara pávamāna jahī́ mṛ́dʰaḥ |
rā́svendo vīrávadyáśaḥ || 26||



26. Bring to us (lot of) great wealth,
   (and) О Pavamana, kill the destructive (enemies);
   О Indu, grant (us) fame, brought, by (lit. possessed of) heroes.



ná tvā śatáṃ caná hrúto rā́dʰo dítsantamā́ minan |
yátpunānó makʰasyáse || 27||



27. Indeed, hundreds of obstacles do not foil thee,
   (whilst thou art) desirous of giving gifts;
   when, being purified, thou behavest like a hero.



pávasvendo vṛ́ṣā sutáḥ kṛdʰī́ no yaśáso jáne |
víśvā ápa dvíṣo jahi || 28||



28. Flow on (when) pressed, О Indu, (thou) the male par excellence;
   make us famous among men;
   strike away all enemies.



ásya te sakʰyé vayáṃ távendo dyumná uttamé |
sāsahyā́ma pṛtanyatáḥ || 29||



29. Being in friendship of such (lit. this) thee (and), O Indu,
   (being) in (possession of) thy best gift,
   may we (vehemently) withstand the attacking enemies.



yā́ te bʰīmā́nyā́yudʰā tigmā́ni sánti dʰū́rvaṇe |
rákṣā samasya no nidáḥ || 30||



30. Whatever terrifying, sharp weapons are of thee
   for destroying (the enemies),
   (with them) protect us from the slander of everyone.






Sūkta 9.62 

eté asṛgramíndavastiráḥ pavítramāśávaḥ |
víśvānyabʰí saúbʰagā || 1||



1. These speedy Indus
   are sent across the strainer
   towards all lucky (things).



vigʰnánto duritā́ purú sugā́ tokā́ya vājínaḥ |
tánā kṛṇvánto árvate || 2||



2. Destroying many evils, the strong (Indus run on) continuously
   making easy-going (paths)
   for our progeny (and) horses.



kṛṇvánto várivo gáve'bʰyàrṣanti suṣṭutím |
íḷāmasmábʰyaṃ saṃyátam || 3||



3. Procuring excellent (grass etc.)
   for the cows (and) continuous food for us,
   (the Somas) run on towards (a hymn) of excellent praise.



ásāvyaṃśúrmádāyāpsú dákṣo giriṣṭʰā́ḥ |
śyenó ná yónimā́sadat || 4||



4. The (Soma-)stalk is pressed for exhilaration,
   the mountain-dwelling (stalk) floating on the waters;
   like a falcon he has sat on the seat.



śubʰrámándʰo devávātamapsú dʰūtó nṛ́bʰiḥ sutáḥ |
svádanti gā́vaḥ páyobʰiḥ || 5||



5. The cows make tasty with milk
   the shining (exhilarating) drink, sent down by the gods,
   (the stalk) stirred in waters (and) pressed out by men.



ā́dīmáśvaṃ ná hétāró'śūśubʰannamṛ́tāya |
mádʰvo rásaṃ sadʰamā́de || 6||



6. Afterwards they beautified him, like the riders, the horses,—
   (him) the juice of the (Soma) mead, for obtaining (lit. for the sake of)
   the immortal drink (to be enjoyed) at the joint feast.



yā́ste dʰā́rā madʰuścútó'sṛgraminda ūtáye |
tā́bʰiḥ pavítramā́sadaḥ || 7||



7. Those honey-trickling streams of thine, О Indu,
   which have been sent on for the sake of (our) protection,—
   with them thou hast sat on the strainer.



só arṣéndrāya pītáye tiró rómāṇyavyáyā |
sī́danyónā váneṣvā́ || 8||



8. Such (thou), flow for Indra to drink
   across the sheep's hair,
   sitting on (thy) seat, in the wood(-en vessel)s.



tvámindo pári srava svā́diṣṭʰo áṅgirobʰyaḥ |
varivovídgʰṛtáṃ páyaḥ || 9||



9. О Indu, (thou being) the most tasteful and (being) the obtainer of (covetable) wealth,
   flow out for the Angirasas
   (so as to bring) melted butter (and) milk (or the milk-like Soma-juice).



ayáṃ vícarṣaṇirhitáḥ pávamānaḥ sá cetati |
hinvāná ā́pyaṃ bṛhát || 10||



10. This active one is sent onwards;
   he, the Pavamana, shines (out),
   urging on great friendship (with the gods).



eṣá vṛ́ṣā vṛ́ṣavrataḥ pávamāno aśastihā́ |
káradvásūni dāśúṣe || 11||



11. May (Soma) the male par excellence, of heroic (lit. bull-like) activities,
   the Pavamana, the destroyer of evil recitations
   produce (lit. make) wealth for the giver.



ā́ pavasva sahasríṇaṃ rayíṃ gómantamaśvínam |
puruścandráṃ puruspṛ́ham || 12||



12. Flow out thousand-fold wealth,
   full of cows, full of horses,
   profusely shining, coveted by many.



eṣá syá pári ṣicyate marmṛjyámāna āyúbʰiḥ |
urugāyáḥ kavíkratuḥ || 13||



13. This, well-known (lit. that) (Soma),
   being well cleansed by men, is sprinkled (i.e. poured out)—
   (he) the wide-striding, possessing divine (i.e. wonder-working) power.



sahásrotiḥ śatā́magʰo vimā́no rájasaḥ kavíḥ |
índrāya pavate mádaḥ || 14||



14. The (Soma), possessing thousand (means of) protection, possessing hundreds of gifts,
   the measurer (i.e. creator) of spaces,
   a wise (wonder-worker) the exhilarating juice, flows for Indra.



girā́ jātá ihá stutá índuríndrāya dʰīyate |
víryónā vasatā́viva || 15||



15. Born by (i.e. in the accompaniment of) hymn(s) (and) praised here,
   the Indu is placed for Indra on the (sacrificial) place,
   like a bird in (his) abode!



pávamānaḥ sutó nṛ́bʰiḥ sómo vā́jamivāsarat |
camū́ṣu śákmanāsádam || 16||



16. The Pavamana, pressed by men, has flown,
   as it were towards (prize-winning) strength,
   accompanied by strength, to sit in the cups.



táṃ tripṛṣṭʰé trivandʰuré rátʰe yuñjanti yā́tave |
ṛ́ṣīṇāṃ saptá dʰītíbʰiḥ || 17||



17. Him (they) yoke to the three-backed,
   thrice-banded chariot to speed on,
   (quickened) by (or in the accompaniment of) the seven hymns of the sages!



táṃ sotāro dʰanaspṛ́tamāśúṃ vā́jāya yā́tave |
háriṃ hinota vājínam || 18||



18. О (Soma-)priests, (send him,) the wealth-winning,
   swift, reddish-brown, (prize-winning) horse;
   urge on for speeding on to (prize-winning) strength!



āviśánkaláśaṃ sutó víśvā árṣannabʰí śríyaḥ |
śū́ro ná góṣu tiṣṭʰati || 19||



19. Entering the pitcher, (when) pressed, flowing towards all splendours,
   he stands among the cows like a hero!



ā́ ta indo mádāya káṃ páyo duhantyāyávaḥ |
devā́ devébʰyo mádʰu || 20||



20. The priests, indeed, О Indu, milk out thy milk(-like juice),
   for exhilaration-(they, shining like) the gods,
   (milking out) the mead for the gods!



ā́ naḥ sómaṃ pavítra ā́ sṛjátā mádʰumattamam |
devébʰyo devaśrúttamam || 21||



21. Pour out (O priests) for us into the strainer
   the profusely honeyed Soma, for the gods,
   being most heard (i.e. longed for) by them (lit. the gods)!



eté sómā asṛkṣata gṛṇānā́ḥ śrávase mahé |
madíntamasya dʰā́rayā || 22||



22. These Soma(-drop)s, being praised for great fame,
   are poured out in a stream
   of the most exhilarating (juice)!



abʰí gávyāni vītáye nṛmṇā́ punānó arṣasi |
sanádvājaḥ pári srava || 23||



23. Thou flowest towards milk (curds etc. lit. cow-products),
   towards (i.e. so as to bring) heroic strength, while being purified;
   flow around (so as to be) strength-winning!



utá no gómatīríṣo víśvā arṣa pariṣṭúbʰaḥ |
gṛṇānó jamádagninā || 24||



24. Moreover, flow on for us towards food and milk,
   towards all chorussing song-melodies
   (while thou art) being praised by Jamadagni.



pávasva vācó agriyáḥ sóma citrā́bʰirūtíbʰiḥ |
abʰí víśvāni kā́vyā || 25||



25. (Being) the leader of the (sacred) speech, О Soma,
   accompanied by (thy) shining aids,
   flow on towards all (wonderful) songs!



tváṃ samudríyā apò'griyó vā́ca īráyan |
pávasva viśvamejaya || 26||



26. Thou, the leader, sending up the waters of the ocean
   and the (sacred) speeches,
   flow on, О all-stimulater.



túbʰyemā́ bʰúvanā kave mahimné soma tastʰire |
túbʰyamarṣanti síndʰavaḥ || 27||



27. All these worlds, О wise (wonder-worker), О Soma,
   have remained steady for the sake of thee (and thy) greatness;
   the rivers (also) flow for thee.



prá te divó ná vṛṣṭáyo dʰā́rā yantyasaścátaḥ |
abʰí śukrā́mupastíram || 28||



28. Like showers of heaven,
   thy streams run continuously,
   towards the shining (milk-)base.



índrāyénduṃ punītanográṃ dákṣāya sā́dʰanam |
īśānáṃ vītírādʰasam || 29||



29. Purify for Indra, the Indu, the vigorous,
   the accomplisher of efficiency, the ruler (over gifts),
   the bestower of enjoyment!



pávamāna ṛtáḥ kavíḥ sómaḥ pavítramā́sadat |
dádʰatstotré suvī́ryam || 30||



30. The flowing, the regular, the wise (wonder-worker).
   Soma has seated on the strainer,
   bestowing heroic sons on the singer.






Sūkta 9.63 

ā́ pavasva sahasríṇaṃ rayíṃ soma suvī́ryam |
asmé śrávāṃsi dʰāraya || 1||



1. О Soma, flow out
   thousandfold (cattle-)wealth (and) good heroes;
   bestow famous (things) on us.



íṣamū́rjaṃ ca pinvasa índrāya matsaríntamaḥ |
camū́ṣvā́ ní ṣīdasi || 2||



2. (Thou) swellest (i.e. bringest in abundance) food and strength;
   (being) the most possessed of exhilaration for Indra,
   thou sittest in the cups.



sutá índrāya víṣṇave sómaḥ kaláśe akṣarat |
mádʰumām̐ astu vāyáve || 3||



3. Pressed (out) for Indra (and) Visnu,
   Soma has trickled into the pitcher.
   May he be honey-full for Vayu!



eté asṛgramāśávó'ti hvárāṃsi babʰrávaḥ |
sómā ṛtásya dʰā́rayā || 4||



4. These speedy, tawny-brown (drops)
   are sent across the impediments;—
   the Somas with the stream of Rta.



índraṃ várdʰanto aptúraḥ kṛṇvánto víśvamā́ryam |
apagʰnánto árāvṇaḥ || 5||



5. (The Somas) increasing Indra, crossing the waters,
   making the whole (world) Arya,
   striking away the non-givers.



sutā́ ánu svámā́ rájo'bʰyàrṣanti babʰrávaḥ |
índraṃ gácʰanta índavaḥ || 6||



6. The pressed out ones, the tawny-brown,
   run forward indeed along their own path,
   the Indus going to Indra.



ayā́ pavasva dʰā́rayā yáyā sū́ryamárocayaḥ |
hinvānó mā́nuṣīrapáḥ || 7||



7. Flow with this stream
   by which (thou) hast illumined the Sun;—
   (thou) speeding waters onwards for man!



áyukta sū́ra étaśaṃ pávamāno manā́vádʰi |
antárikṣeṇa yā́tave || 8||



8. The sun(-like Soma) has yoked
   (his) horse among men
   to march by the mid-region.



utá tyā́ haríto dáśa sū́ro ayukta yā́tave |
índuríndra íti bruván || 9||



9. Moreover the sun(-like Soma) has yoked those ten fingers
   (also horses) to march by the mid-region,
   saying, ' Indu (is) Indra'!



párītó vāyáve sutáṃ gíra índrāya matsarám |
ávyo vā́reṣu siñcata || 10||



10. From here, О singers, pour out
   into the sheep's hair the exhilarating juice,
   pressed for Vayu (and) Indra.



pávamāna vidā́ rayímasmábʰyaṃ soma duṣṭáram |
yó dūṇā́śo vanuṣyatā́ || 11||



11. О Pavamana Soma, obtain for us
   unassailable wealth, which is difficult to be destroyed
   by an enemy.



abʰyàrṣa sahasríṇaṃ rayíṃ gómantamaśvínam |
abʰí vā́jamutá śrávaḥ || 12||



12. Flow on towards thousand-fold wealth,
   full of cows, full of horses,
   (flow) on towards strength and towards fame.



sómo devó ná sū́ryó'dribʰiḥ pavate sutáḥ |
dádʰānaḥ kaláśe rásam || 13||



13. Soma, pressed by the stones,
   flows on (i.e. moves) like the god Sun,
   holding the juice in the pitcher.



eté dʰā́mānyā́ryā śukrā́ ṛtásya dʰā́rayā |
vā́jaṃ gómantamakṣaran || 14||



14. These shining (Somas) have trickled with the stream of Rta
   towards Arya places,
   towards (i.e. so as to bring) strength full of cows.



sutā́ índrāya vajríṇe sómāso dádʰyāśiraḥ |
pavítramátyakṣaran || 15||



15. The pressed out Somas, mixed with curds,
   have overflown the strainer,
   for Indra, the thunderbolt-wielder.



prá soma mádʰumattamo rāyé arṣa pavítra ā́ |
mádo yó devavī́tamaḥ || 16||



16. О Soma, (being) most honeyed,
   flow into the strainer for wealth,—
   (thou) who (art) the greatest god-delighting exhilarator.



támī mṛjantyāyávo háriṃ nadī́ṣu vājínam |
índumíndrāya matsarám || 17||



17. Him, indeed, the tawny-brown (Soma), the strong (horse),
   men cleanse in the waters,—
   (him) the Indu, the exhilarating drink for Indra.



ā́ pavasva híraṇyavadáśvāvatsoma vīrávat |
vā́jaṃ gómantamā́ bʰara || 18||



18. Flow on (so as to bring wealth)
   full of gold, full of horses, full of heroic sons.
   Bring to us booty full of cows.



pári vā́je ná vājayúmávyo vā́reṣu siñcata |
índrāya mádʰumattamam || 19||



19. Like a prize-winning (horse) towards the prize,
   pour out (Soma) into the sheep-hair(strainer)—
   the most-honeyed (drink) for Indra.



kavíṃ mṛjanti márjyaṃ dʰībʰírvíprā avasyávaḥ |
vṛ́ṣā kánikradarṣati || 20||



20. The singers, wishing for protection,
   groom (lit. cleanse) with songs the wise (Soma) worthy of cleansing.
   Roaring, the male par excellence flows on.



vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ dʰībʰíraptúraṃ sómamṛtásya dʰā́rayā |
matī́ víprāḥ sámasvaran || 21||



21. (Him) Soma, the bull, crossing the waters in the accompaniment of hymns,
   (they send on) with the stream of Rta;
   the singers by their songs have sung along in chorus.



pávasva devāyuṣágíndraṃ gacʰatu te mádaḥ |
vāyúmā́ roha dʰármaṇā || 22||



22. О God, (being) accompanied by vigour, flow on;
   may thy exhilaration go to Indra!
   Ride the wind by thy power (lit. nature).



pávamāna ní tośase rayíṃ soma śravā́yyam |
priyáḥ samudrámā́ viśa || 23||



23. О Pavamana, thou art poured out
   (so as to bring) fame-worthy wealth, О Soma;
   being dear to gods, enter the (heavenly) ocean.



apagʰnánpavase mṛ́dʰaḥ kratuvítsoma matsaráḥ |
nudásvā́devayuṃ jánam || 24||



24. Striking away the enemies (thou) flowest, О Soma,
   (being) the knower of (our) thoughts, (being) the exhilarator.
   Push away the ungodly people.



pávamānā asṛkṣata sómāḥ śukrā́sa índavaḥ |
abʰí víśvāni kā́vyā || 25||



25. The flowing Somas,
   the shining Indus are sent onwards,
   towards all poetic songs.



pávamānāsa āśávaḥ śubʰrā́ asṛgramíndavaḥ |
gʰnánto víśvā ápa dvíṣaḥ || 26||



26. The speedy, shining, flowing
   Indus (drops) are sent onwards —
   (the drops) striking away the enemies.



pávamānā diváspáryantárikṣādasṛkṣata |
pṛtʰivyā́ ádʰi sā́navi || 27||



27. The flowing (Somas) are sent onwards
   from heaven, from the mid-regions,
   on to the raised place (i.e. altar) on the earth.



punānáḥ soma dʰā́rayéndo víśvā ápa srídʰaḥ |
jahí rákṣāṃsi sukrato || 28||



28. Being purified in a stream, (so as to be) away from all impediments,
   О Soma, О drop, kill the demons,
   О (thou) beneficially intentioned.



apagʰnánsoma rakṣáso'bʰyàrṣa kánikradat |
dyumántaṃ śúṣmamuttamám || 29||



29. Striking away the demons, О Soma,
   flow on roaring towards
   shining highest (i.e. excellent) vigour.



asmé vásūni dʰāraya sóma divyā́ni pā́rtʰivā |
índo víśvāni vā́ryā || 30||



30. О Soma, bestow
   heavenly (and) earthly wealth on us, and, (O Indu),
   all cherishable things.






Sūkta 9.64 

vṛ́ṣā soma dyumā́m̐ asi vṛ́ṣā deva vṛ́ṣavrataḥ |
vṛ́ṣā dʰármāṇi dadʰiṣe || 1||



1. (Being) a bull (i.e. a male par excellence) О Soma, (thou) art full of lustre;
   (as) a bull, О god, (thou) art possessed of manly wonder-deeds;
   (as) a bull thou boldest the sacred activities.



vṛ́ṣṇaste vṛ́ṣṇyaṃ śávo vṛ́ṣā vánaṃ vṛ́ṣā mádaḥ |
satyáṃ vṛṣanvṛ́ṣédasi || 2||



2. The strength of thine, the bull, is manly;
   strength-giving (is) thy worship; manly thy exhilaration;
   О (thou) (strength-) sprinkling one, thou art, indeed, a male par excellence.



áśvo ná cakrado vṛ́ṣā sáṃ gā́ indo sámárvataḥ |
ví no rāyé dúro vṛdʰi || 3||



3. (Being) a male par excellence, thou hast roared like a horse;
   (thou hast roared) together with the cows, together with the horses, О Indu;
   open widely the doors of wealth for us.



ásṛkṣata prá vājíno gavyā́ sómāso aśvayā́ |
śukrā́so vīrayā́śávaḥ || 4||



4. The strong Somas are sent forward
   with a desire for getting cows, the desire for getting horses;
   the brilliant, quick ones, with a desire for getting hero(ic son)s.



śumbʰámānā ṛtāyúbʰirmṛjyámānā gábʰastyoḥ |
pávante vā́re avyáye || 5||



5. Being beautified by Rta-desiring (priests),
   being cleansed between the arms,
   (the Somas) flow into the sheep-hair (i.e. the strainer).



té víśvā dāśúṣe vásu sómā divyā́ni pā́rtʰivā |
pávantāmā́ntárikṣyā || 6||



6. May those Somas (flow out)
   all heavenly (and) earthly wealth for the sacrificer;
   may (they) flow out mid-regional (wealth also)!



pávamānasya viśvavitprá te sárgā asṛkṣata |
sū́ryasyeva ná raśmáyaḥ || 7||



7. О all-obtainer, the streams of thee,
   whilst thou flowest,
   are urged onwards like the Sun's rays.



ketúṃ kṛṇvándiváspári víśvā rūpā́bʰyarṣasi |
samudráḥ soma pinvase || 8||



8. Making a shining mark in Heaven,
   (thou) flowest towards all forms;
   О Soma, (being) the (mead-) ocean, (thou) swellest thyself.



hinvānó vā́camiṣyasi pávamāna vídʰarmaṇi |
ákrāndevó ná sū́ryaḥ || 9||



9. Being urged onwards, (thou) sendest up (thy sound);
   О Pavamana, in order to spread out,
   thou hast stridden like the Sun.



índuḥ paviṣṭa cétanaḥ priyáḥ kavīnā́ṃ matī́ |
sṛjádáśvaṃ ratʰī́riva || 10||



10. The prominent Indu has flown—
   (he), the dear one in the accompaniment of poets' song;
   like a charioteer the horse, (he) has urged forth (his wave).



ūrmíryáste pavítra ā́ devāvī́ḥ paryákṣarat |
sī́dannṛtásya yónimā́ || 11||



11. The god-delighting wave,
   which (Soma) sitting on the seat of Rta has sent forth,
   has trickled into the strainer.



sá no arṣa pavítra ā́ mádo yó devavī́tamaḥ |
índavíndrāya pītáye || 12||



12. Such (thou) flow for us into the strainer,—
   (thou), who (art) the most god-delighting exhilarator,—
   О Indu, for Indra to drink.



iṣé pavasva dʰā́rayā mṛjyámāno manīṣíbʰiḥ |
índo rucā́bʰí gā́ ihi || 13||



13. For food, flow in (thy) stream,
   being cleansed by the well-thinking (priests).
   O Indu, go towards the cows with thy radiant (juice)!



punānó várivaskṛdʰyū́rjaṃ jánāya girvaṇaḥ |
háre sṛjāná āśíram || 14||



14. Being purified, bestow the most cherishable (wealth), and strength on men,
   О (thou) longing for prayers, О tawny brown,
   while thou speedest thyself to the mixing (milk).



punānó devávītaya índrasya yāhi niṣkṛtám |
dyutānó vājíbʰiryatáḥ || 15||



15. Being purified for the sake of the sacrifice,
   go to Indra's place;—
   (thou), refulgent, being controlled by the vigourous (priests).



prá hinvānā́sa índavó'cʰā samudrámāśávaḥ |
dʰiyā́ jūtā́ asṛkṣata || 16||



16. The speedy Indus, being sent onwards,
   stimulated by the song,
   are speeded up towards the ocean, (the pitcher).



marmṛjānā́sa āyávo vṛ́tʰā samudrámíndavaḥ |
ágmannṛtásya yónimā́ || 17||



17. The moving (Somas), the Indus, being groomed,
   go at will to the (heavenly) ocean;
   they have reached the place of Rta.



pári ṇo yāhyasmayúrvíśvā vásūnyójasā |
pāhí naḥ śárma vīrávat || 18||



18. Longing for us, bring
   all shining (wealth) to us by (thy) strength;
   protect our house with (our heroic) sons.



mímāti váhnirétaśaḥ padáṃ yujāná ṛ́kvabʰiḥ |
prá yátsamudrá ā́hitaḥ || 19||



19. (Soma), the Etasa(-like) carrier,
   yoked by the singers (for going to) the place, bellows out,
   when he is placed in the ocean(-like pitcher).



ā́ yádyóniṃ hiraṇyáyamāśúrṛtásya sī́dati |
jáhātyápracetasaḥ || 20||



20. When the speedy (Soma)
   sits on the golden seat of Rta,
   he abandons the non-intelligent ones.



abʰí venā́ anūṣatéyakṣanti prácetasaḥ |
májjantyávicetasaḥ || 21||



21. The (Soma-)longing (singers) have praised (him);
   the intelligent wish to worship (him);
   the non-intelligent sink (down).



índrāyendo marútvate pávasva mádʰumattamaḥ |
ṛtásya yónimāsádam || 22||



22. О Indu, flow for Indra,
   (who is) accompanied by the Maruts,
   (thou) the most meadful, in order to sit on the seat of Rta.



táṃ tvā víprā vacovídaḥ pári ṣkṛṇvanti vedʰásaḥ |
sáṃ tvā mṛjantyāyávaḥ || 23||



23. Such thee, the song-knowing singers beautify,
   the priests decorate,
   (and) the men well cleanse.



rásaṃ te mitró aryamā́ píbanti váruṇaḥ kave |
pávamānasya marútaḥ || 24||



24. Mitra, Aryaman and Varuna drink thy juice,
   О (wonder-working) wise (Soma),
   (and) the Maruts, of thee the flowing one.



tváṃ soma vipaścítaṃ punānó vā́camiṣyasi |
índo sahásrabʰarṇasam || 25||



25. О Soma, thou shalt, (while) being purified,
   send up poetry-knowing speech,
   that brings thousand-fold (wealth), О Indu. 



utó sahásrabʰarṇasaṃ vā́caṃ soma makʰasyúvam |
punāná indavā́ bʰara || 26||



26. Moreover, О Soma, bring hither, (while) being purified,
   the hero-longing speech
   that brings thousand-fold (wealth), О Indu.



punāná indaveṣāṃ púruhūta jánānām |
priyáḥ samudrámā́ viśa || 27||



27. Being purified, О Indu, О (thou) being invoked in many places,
   dear to these people (as thou art),
   enter the ocean (above or on the Earth).



dávidyutatyā rucā́ pariṣṭóbʰantyā kṛpā́ |
sómāḥ śukrā́ gávāśiraḥ || 28||



28. With shining lustre,
   in the accompaniment of resounding song(s),
   the lustrous Somas (become) mixed with milk.



hinvānó hetṛ́bʰiryatá ā́ vā́jaṃ vājyàkramīt |
sī́danto vanúṣo yatʰā || 29||



29. Being urged on (and) controlled by the priests (lit. those who urge on),
   the (race-)horse has run on to strength (i.e. the prize),
   like striking warriors entering (the battle). 



ṛdʰáksoma svastáye saṃjagmānó diváḥ kavíḥ |
pávasva sū́ryo dṛśé || 30||



30. О Soma, increasing for (our) welfare, joining thyself (with Indra),
   (thou) the wonder-worker of heaven,
   flow on (like) the Sun, to show (us) light!






Sūkta 9.65 

hinvánti sū́ramúsrayaḥ svásāro jāmáyaspátim |
mahā́mínduṃ mahīyúvaḥ || 1||



1. The shining ones send on the Sun(-like Soma);
   the sisters (as) the wives (stimulate their) lord—
   (they) honouring the great Indu.



pávamāna rucā́rucā devó devébʰyaspári |
víśvā vásūnyā́ viśa || 2||



2. О Pavamana, (thou) the god (coming) from the gods
   with every lustre of thine,
   enter all shining (gifts).



ā́ pavamāna suṣṭutíṃ vṛṣṭíṃ devébʰyo dúvaḥ |
iṣé pavasva saṃyátam || 3||



3. О Pavamana, (flow) on (so as to bring) an excellent praise (hymn),
   rain (and) worship (i.e. sacrifice) from the gods;
   flow on continuously for food.



vṛ́ṣā hyási bʰānúnā dyumántaṃ tvā havāmahe |
pávamāna svādʰyàḥ || 4||



4. (Thou) art, indeed, the male par excellence by thy lustre;
   we invoke thee, the lustrous one, O Pavamana,—
   (we), possessed of well-thought(out) songs.



ā́ pavasva suvī́ryaṃ mándamānaḥ svāyudʰa |
ihó ṣvindavā́ gahi || 5||



5. (Soma) possessed of good weapons, gladdening thyself,
   flow on (to us bringing) heroic sons;
   О Indu, come well only here (i.e. to us)!



yádadbʰíḥ pariṣicyáse mṛjyámāno gábʰastyoḥ |
drúṇā sadʰástʰamaśnuṣe || 6||



6. When (thou) art being sprinkled with waters,
   (while) being cleansed between the arms,
   (thou) occupiest the wooden seat.



prá sómāya vyaśvavátpávamānāya gāyata |
mahé sahásracakṣase || 7||



7. Sing like the sage Vyasva,
   for the flowing,
   great, thousand-eyed Soma!



yásya várṇaṃ madʰuścútaṃ háriṃ hinvántyádribʰiḥ |
índumíndrāya pītáye || 8||



8. Whose mead-trickling colour, the tawny-brown (juice),
   they urge with the (pressing-)stones,—
   the Indu for Indra to drink.



tásya te vājíno vayáṃ víśvā dʰánāni jigyúṣaḥ |
sakʰitvámā́ vṛṇīmahe || 9||



9. Of such thee, the strong one,
   we choose the friendship,—
   (of thee), who hast conquered all wealth.



vṛ́ṣā pavasva dʰā́rayā marútvate ca matsaráḥ |
víśvā dádʰāna ójasā || 10||



10. (Thou) the male par excellence flow with (thy) stream,
   (as) exhilarator for Indra (lit. the Marut-possessing god),
   bringing all (heroic deeds) with (thy) vigour.



táṃ tvā dʰartā́ramoṇyòḥ pávamāna svardṛ́śam |
hinvé vā́jeṣu vājínam || 11||



11. That (i.e. famous) thee, the supporter of heaven and earth,
   the light-seeing, О Pavamana, I urge on
   (as) a strong (horse) in the prize(-winning) races.



ayā́ cittó vipā́náyā háriḥ pavasva dʰā́rayā |
yújaṃ vā́jeṣu codaya || 12||



12. Urged on by this forceful hymn,
   (thou) of tawny-brown colour, flow in a stream;
   stimulate thy friend (Indra) for strong (deeds).



ā́ na indo mahī́míṣaṃ pávasva viśvádarśataḥ |
asmábʰyaṃ soma gātuvít || 13||



13. О Indu, flow on towards abundant food for us,
   (thou) worthy of being seen by all,
   and also, О Soma, (being) the path-finder for us.



ā́ kaláśā anūṣaténdo dʰā́rābʰirójasā |
éndrasya pītáye viśa || 14||



14. The pitchers are praised, О Indu,
   (when filled) with (thy) streams and energy;
   enter (them) for Indra's drink.



yásya te mádyaṃ rásaṃ tīvráṃ duhántyádribʰiḥ |
sá pavasvābʰimātihā́ || 15||



15. Of whom, the exhilarating, sharp juice,
   they milk out with the press(-stones),—
   such (thou), flow on (so as to be) the destroyer of attacking (enemies).



rā́jā medʰā́bʰirīyate pávamāno manā́vádʰi |
antárikṣeṇa yā́tave || 16||



16. The king (Soma), the flowing,
   marches on in the accompaniment of songs among men
   in order to go (to heaven) by the mid-region.



ā́ na indo śatagvínaṃ gávāṃ póṣaṃ sváśvyam |
váhā bʰágattimūtáye || 17||



17. О Indu, bring for us thousand-fold
   prosperity of cows, excellent horses (and) gifts of fortune
   for the sake of protection.



ā́ naḥ soma sáho júvo rūpáṃ ná várcase bʰara |
suṣvāṇó devávītaye || 18||



18. О Soma, bring to us (fighting) strength,
   speed (and) form for lustrous (appearance),
   (while) being pressed for the enjoyment of gods.



árṣā soma dyumáttamo'bʰí dróṇāni róruvat |
sī́dañcʰyenó ná yónimā́ || 19||



19. О Soma, (being) the most shining,
   flow on roaring towards the wooden pots
   in order to sit on (thy) seat like a falcon.



apsā́ índrāya vāyáve váruṇāya marúdbʰyaḥ |
sómo arṣati víṣṇave || 20||



20. Soma runs on for Indra, Vayu, Varuna,
   the Maruts (and) for Visnu,
   (so as to be) the winner (i.e. bestower) of waters.



íṣaṃ tokā́ya no dádʰadasmábʰyaṃ soma viśvátaḥ |
ā́ pavasva sahasríṇam || 21||



21. Bestowing food on our children (and) on us
   from all sides, О Soma,
   flow out thousand-fold (wealth).



yé sómāsaḥ parāváti yé arvāváti sunviré |
yé vādáḥ śaryaṇā́vati || 22||



22. The Soma (-juice-)s, which are pressed at distant places;
   which, moreover, in (those) nearby (and)
   which there in the Saryanavat country—



yá ārjīkéṣu kṛ́tvasu yé mádʰye pastyā̀nām |
yé vā jáneṣu pañcásu || 23||



23. Which (again, are pressed) among the efficient Arjika people,
   which in the (different) houses;
   or which among the ' Five People'—



té no vṛṣṭíṃ diváspári pávantāmā́ suvī́ryam |
suvānā́ devā́sa índavaḥ || 24||



24. May they flow out for us
   showers from heaven (and) heroic sons,—
   (they) the gods, the drops, (the Somas) being pressed out!;



pávate haryató hárirgṛṇānó jamádagninā |
hinvānó górádʰi tvací || 25||



25. The tumultuous tawny-brown (Soma),
   being praised by Jamadagni, flows on 
  (while) being urged on the bull's hide.



prá śukrā́so vayojúvo hinvānā́so ná sáptayaḥ |
śrīṇānā́ apsú mṛñjata || 26||



26. The shining, food-bestowing (lit. quickening) Somas,
   being urged on like horses (while) being mixed up,
   are cleansed in the waters.



táṃ tvā sutéṣvābʰúvo hinviré devátātaye |
sá pavasvānáyā rucā́ || 27||



27. Such thee, the priests send on for the gods,
   (while the juices) are pressed;
   that (thou) flow on accompanied with (thy) lustre.



ā́ te dákṣaṃ mayobʰúvaṃ váhnimadyā́ vṛṇīmahe |
pā́ntamā́ puruspṛ́ham || 28||



28. We ask  for (lit. choose) thy happiness-creating,
    (wealth-)bringing (lit. carrying) efficiency;
   (we ask) for (thy) drink, cherished by many.



ā́ mandrámā́ váreṇyamā́ vípramā́ manīṣíṇam |
pā́ntamā́ puruspṛ́ham || 29||



29. We ask for (thee), the song-knowing,
   indeed the choosable, indeed the singer, indeed the wise one;
   (we ask) for (thy) drink, cherished by many.



ā́ rayímā́ sucetúnamā́ sukrato tanū́ṣvā́ |
pā́ntamā́ puruspṛ́ham || 30||



30. (We ask) for wealth, (which is) indeed well-knowable, О of good intelligence;
   (we ask for good intelligence) in (our) own self;
   (we ask) for (thy) drink, cherished by many.






Sūkta 9.66 

pávasva viśvacarṣaṇe'bʰí víśvāni kā́vyā |
sákʰā sákʰibʰya ī́ḍyaḥ || 1||



1. Flow on, О (thou) to whom all people belong,
   towards all wondrous deeds,—
   (thou), the praiseworthy (god), the friend for the friends.



tā́bʰyāṃ víśvasya rājasi yé pavamāna dʰā́manī |
pratīcī́ soma tastʰátuḥ || 2||



2. By means of those (two) forms thou rulest over all,—
  (the forms), which, О Pavamana Soma,
   stand facing (us)!



pári dʰā́māni yā́ni te tváṃ somāsi viśvátaḥ |
pávamāna ṛtúbʰiḥ kave || 3||



3. О Soma, (thou rulest over all by those) forms,
   which thou surroundest on all sides, at fixed hours,
   О flowing wonder-worker!



pávasva janáyanníṣo'bʰí víśvāni vā́ryā |
sákʰā sákʰibʰya ūtáye || 4||



4. Producing food, flow on towards all cherishable (things),—
   (thou), the friend for (thy) friends,
   for (their) protection.



táva śukrā́so arcáyo diváspṛṣṭʰé ví tanvate |
pavítraṃ soma dʰā́mabʰiḥ || 5||



5. Thy shining rays, (together) with (thy) forms,
   spread out a strainer
   on the back of heaven.



távemé saptá síndʰavaḥ praśíṣaṃ soma sisrate |
túbʰyaṃ dʰāvanti dʰenávaḥ || 6||



6. These seven rivers flow on
   (at) thy command, О Soma;
   the cows run for thee.



prá soma yāhi dʰā́rayā sutá índrāya matsaráḥ |
dádʰāno ákṣiti śrávaḥ || 7||



7. О Soma, march on in a stream,
   (being) pressed out for Indra, (as) exhilarator,
   bestowing inexhaustible fame.



sámu tvā dʰībʰírasvaranhinvatī́ḥ saptá jāmáyaḥ |
vípramājā́ vivásvataḥ || 8||



8. The seven related singers urging (thee onwards)
   have together chorussed for thee with their hymns,—
   (thee) the singer in the singing performance of the sacrificer.



mṛjánti tvā sámagrúvó'vye jīrā́vádʰi ṣváṇi |
rebʰó yádajyáse váne || 9||



9. The maidens cleanse thee well
   in the (juice-)quickening, resounding sheep(-strainer),
   when (thou), the singer, art annointed in the wood.



pávamānasya te kave vā́jinsárgā asṛkṣata |
árvanto ná śravasyávaḥ || 10||



10. О wise (wonder-worker), О strong one,
   the streams of thee, the flowing one, are urged on
   like fame-desiring horses.



ácʰā kóśaṃ madʰuścútamásṛgraṃ vā́re avyáye |
ávāvaśanta dʰītáyaḥ || 11||



11. The (juices) are urged on into the sheep-hair (strainer,)
   (so as to flow) towards the mead-trickling vessel;
   the prayers have bellowed (for them).



ácʰā samudrámíndavó'staṃ gā́vo ná dʰenávaḥ |
ágmannṛtásya yónimā́ || 12||



12. The Indus, like the cows to (their) residence,
   have gone to the ocean,
   to the place of Rta.



prá ṇa indo mahé ráṇa ā́po arṣanti síndʰavaḥ |
yádgóbʰirvāsayiṣyáse || 13||



13. For our great joy, О Indu,
   the waters of the rivers run on
   whilst (thou) art to be clothed with milk.



ásya te sakʰyé vayámíyakṣantastvótayaḥ |
índo sakʰitvámuśmasi || 14||



14. (Already being) in thy friendship of (thee, who art) such (i.e. so famous),
   possessing thy protections, (and) wishing to worship thee, О Indu,
   we long for (thy) friendship (only).



ā́ pavasva gáviṣṭaye mahé soma nṛcákṣase |
éndrasya jaṭʰáre viśa || 15||



15. Flow on, О Soma, for (sacrifice) from which there is obtainment of cows,
   for long life (lit. observation of men);
   enter into Indra's belly.



mahā́m̐ asi soma jyéṣṭʰa ugrā́ṇāminda ójiṣṭʰaḥ |
yúdʰvā sáñcʰáśvajjigetʰa || 16||



16. О Soma (thou) art great, the most superior;
   the most vigorous of the vigorous.
   О Indu, being a fighter, (thou) always conquerest.



yá ugrébʰyaścidójīyāñcʰū́rebʰyaścicʰū́rataraḥ |
bʰūridā́bʰyaścinmáṃhīyān || 17||



17. (Thou) who (art), indeed, more vigorous than the vigorous,
   braver, indeed, than the brave;
   more liberal than the profuse bestower—(such thee we choose).



tváṃ soma sū́ra éṣastokásya sātā́ tanū́nām |
vṛṇīmáhe sakʰyā́ya vṛṇīmáhe yújyāya || 18||



18. О Soma, thou, the stimulator, (bring) on food,
   for the sake of obtaining children (and long life for our own) bodies;
   we choose (thee) for friendship; we choose (thee for help).



ágna ā́yūṃṣi pavasa ā́ suvórjamíṣaṃ ca naḥ |
āré bādʰasva ducʰúnām || 19||



19. О Agni(-like Soma), (thou) flowest (long) lives;
   bring (lit. stimulate) strength and food for us.
   Drive away the ill-swollen (enemies)!



agnírṛ́ṣiḥ pávamānaḥ pā́ñcajanyaḥ puróhitaḥ |
támīmahe mahāgayám || 20||



20. (Soma) Pavamana is Agni, an active (sage),
   belonging to (lit. existing among) the five people, a leader (lit. the one placed in front),—
   him, possessed of great energy, we approach (with adoration).



ágne pávasva svápā asmé várcaḥ suvī́ryam |
dádʰadrayíṃ máyi póṣam || 21||



21. О Agni(-like Soma), (thou) possessed of good works,
   flow on brilliance and young heroes for us.
   May (he) bestow nourishing wealth on me!



pávamāno áti srídʰo'bʰyàrṣati suṣṭutím |
sū́ro ná viśvádarśataḥ || 22||



22. The Pavamana, (going) beyond obstacles,
   flows towards excellent praise,
   worthy of being seen by all like the sun.



sá marmṛjāná āyúbʰiḥ práyasvānpráyase hitáḥ |
índurátyo vicakṣaṇáḥ || 23||



23. Being cleansed by the priests, he, the Indu,
   the sharp-observer, possessing food,
   (is) urged on for food, like a horse, (goes to the gods). 



pávamāna ṛtáṃ bṛhácʰukráṃ jyótirajījanat |
kṛṣṇā́ támāṃsi jáṅgʰanat || 24||



24. Pavamana, (being himself) the great Rta,
   has created bright light,
   well destroying the black darkness.



pávamānasya jáṅgʰnato háreścandrā́ asṛkṣata |
jīrā́ ajiráśociṣaḥ || 25||



25. The pleasing (rays) of the Pavamana,
   of (the one) well destroying (the darknesses) are spread out,—
   the quick (rays) with spreading lustre.



pávamāno ratʰī́tamaḥ śubʰrébʰiḥ śubʰráśastamaḥ |
háriścandro marúdgaṇaḥ || 26||



26. Pavamana, the best charioteer, the most brilliantly praised by brilliant (songs),
   tawny-brown and pleasing, accompanied by the Marut-troupes,—
   (may he run on for our good!)



pávamāno vyàśnavadraśmíbʰirvājasā́tamaḥ |
dádʰatstotré suvī́ryam || 27||



27. May Pavamana, the greatest winner of strength,
   spread over (the whole world) with (his) rays,
   bestowing heroic children on the singer.



prá suvāná índurakṣāḥ pavítramátyavyáyam |
punāná índuríndramā́ || 28||



28. The Indu, being pressed, has flown over
   into the sheep(-hair) strainer,
   (and) towards Indra (after) being purified.



eṣá sómo ádʰi tvací gávāṃ krīḷatyádribʰiḥ |
índraṃ mádāya jóhuvat || 29||



29. This Soma plays
   with the (press-)stones on the bovine hide,
   invoking Indra for exhilaration.



yásya te dyumnávatpáyaḥ pávamānā́bʰṛtaṃ diváḥ |
téna no mṛḷa jīváse || 30||



30. Of thee whose shining milk(-like juice) was brought down from heaven,—
   with that (juice) be kind to us
   in order that (we) may live (long)!






Sūkta 9.67 

tváṃ somāsi dʰārayúrmandrá ójiṣṭʰo adʰvaré |
pávasva maṃhayádrayiḥ || 1||



1. Thou, О Soma, art desiring (to flow in) a stream
   (so as to be) most vigourous in the sacrifice, (being) a thoughtful (god);
   flow on (so as to be) the increaser of (our) wealth!



tváṃ sutó nṛmā́dano dadʰanvā́nmatsaríntamaḥ |
índrāya sūrírándʰasā || 2||



2. Thou (Soma, being) the ravisher of men,
   (when) pressed, hast flown by (means of) thy juice so as to become most exhilarating for Indra,—
   (thou, the stimulating) patron.



tváṃ suṣvāṇó ádribʰirabʰyàrṣa kánikradat |
dyumántaṃ śúṣmamuttamám || 3||



3. Thou, (being) pressed out by stones,
   flow on roaring(-ly)
   towards lustrous, highest strength.



índurhinvānó arṣati tiró vā́rāṇyavyáyā |
hárirvā́jamacikradat || 4||



4. The Indu, being urged (on),
   runs beyond the strainer (lit. sheep's hair);
   the reddish-brown has roared out strength!



índo vyávyamarṣasi ví śrávāṃsi ví saúbʰagā |
ví vā́jānsoma gómataḥ || 5||



5. О Indu, thou runnest well to the sheep-hair,
   well towards (i.e. so as to bring) famous things, well towards lucky gifts, О Soma,
   well towards strength possessed of cows!



ā́ na indo śatagvínaṃ rayíṃ gómantamaśvínam |
bʰárā soma sahasríṇam || 6||



6. О Indu, bring to us wealth (containing) hundreds of cows,—
   (indeed), full  of cattle,   full of horses, О Soma,—
   (wealth) possessed of thousands!



pávamānāsa índavastiráḥ pavítramāśávaḥ |
índraṃ yā́mebʰirāśata || 7||



7. The flowing Indus,
   the speedy (ones), (going) beyond the strainer,
   have quickly gone to Indra by (their) paths.



kakuháḥ somyó rása índuríndrāya pūrvyáḥ |
āyúḥ pavata āyáve || 8||



8. The highest (i.e. most excellent) (of drinks),
   the Soma ful juice, the eternal Indu, flows for Indra,—
   the active(god) for the sake of the worshipper (lit. the Ayu).



hinvánti sū́ramúsrayaḥ pávamānaṃ madʰuścútam |
abʰí girā́ sámasvaran || 9||



9. The shining ones (i.e. the Dawns) send on the Sun(-like),
   the mead-trickling, flowing (Soma);
   the priests have together sung towards (him) by (their) songs.



avitā́ no ajā́śvaḥ pūṣā́ yā́maniyāmani |
ā́ bʰakṣatkanyā̀su naḥ || 10||



10. May god Pusan, having goats for horses,
   (be) our protector at each arrival (of his);
   may (Pusan) bestow young maidens on us.



ayáṃ sómaḥ kapardíne gʰṛtáṃ ná pavate mádʰu |
ā́ bʰakṣatkanyā̀su naḥ || 11||



11. This Soma flows (out) meadlike ghee
   for the matted-haired god;
   may he (i.e. Soma or Pusan) etc...



ayáṃ ta āgʰṛṇe sutó gʰṛtáṃ ná pavate śúci |
ā́ bʰakṣatkanyā̀su naḥ || 12||



12. O glowing (Pusan), this pressed out (Soma)
   flows out for thee lustrously like ghee;
   may he (i.e. Soma) etc...



vācó jantúḥ kavīnā́ṃ pávasva soma dʰā́rayā |
devéṣu ratnadʰā́ asi || 13||



13. (Thou), the generator of the poets' song, О Soma,
   flow with (thy) stream;
   thou art the giver (or the bestower) of precious gifts among (i.e. to) the gods.



ā́ kaláśeṣu dʰāvati śyenó várma ví gāhate |
abʰí dróṇā kánikradat || 14||



14. (Soma) runs into the pitchers,—
   the falcon (as it were) dives into (its) nest;
   roaring (he runs) towards the (wooden vessels.)



pári prá soma te rásó'sarji kaláśe sutáḥ |
śyenó ná taktó arṣati || 15||



15. O Soma, thy pressed out juice
   is well poured over into the pitcher,—
   it runs like a falcon spurred on.



pávasva soma mandáyanníndrāya mádʰumattamaḥ || 16||



16. Flow on, О Soma, for Indra,
   exhilarating (and) most meadful
   (as thou art).



ásṛgrandevávītaye vājayánto rátʰā iva || 17||



17. The Somas are sent on for the sacrifice,
   like the chariots desiring (to win)
   the prize (for the worshipper).



té sutā́so madíntamāḥ śukrā́ vāyúmasṛkṣata || 18||



18. Those pressed out (Soma-juices),
   the most exhilarating, the lustrous,
   are urged on to Vayu.



grā́vṇā tunnó abʰíṣṭutaḥ pavítraṃ soma gacʰasi |
dádʰatstotré suvī́ryam || 19||



19. O Soma, squeezed by the stones, well-praised,
   (thou) goest to the strainer,
   bestowing good heroes on the singer.



eṣá tunnó abʰíṣṭutaḥ pavítramáti gāhate |
rakṣohā́ vā́ramavyáyam || 20||



20. This (Soma), squeezed by the stone (and) well-praised (by it)
   runs beyond (lit. dives) over the strainer,—
   over the sheep-hair (strainer) (so as to be) the demon-killer.



yádánti yácca dūraké bʰayáṃ vindáti mā́mihá |
pávamāna ví tájjahi || 21||



21. Whatever fear (from) near and whatever (from) afar
   gets at me here,
   O Pavamana, strike it away.



pávamānaḥ só adyá naḥ pavítreṇa vícarṣaṇiḥ |
yáḥ potā́ sá punātu naḥ || 22||



22. (May) that Pavamana, the vigourous,
   today (purify) us by (his) strainer (lit. purificatory means),—
   (he) who (is) the purifier, may he purify us!



yátte pavítramarcíṣyágne vítatamantárā́ |
bráhma téna punīhi naḥ || 23||



23. (The) strainer, which, O Agni, is spread out
   in the inside of thy flame,—
   with that purify our sacred song(s).



yátte pavítramarcivádágne téna punīhi naḥ |
brahmasavaíḥ punīhi naḥ || 24||



24. Thy strainer, which, О Agni, is full of flames,—
   with it purify us;
   purify us with the stimulations of (or the productions of) the sacred songs.



ubʰā́bʰyāṃ deva savitaḥ pavítreṇa savéna ca |
mā́ṃ punīhi viśvátaḥ || 25||



25. O god Savitr,
   both by (thy) purification and (thy) inspiration,
   purify me all over.



tribʰíṣṭváṃ deva savitarvárṣiṣṭʰaiḥ soma dʰā́mabʰiḥ |
ágne dákṣaiḥ punīhi naḥ || 26||



26. О god Savitr, with (thy) three (inspirations),
   О Soma, with (thy) three best forms,
   О Agni, with (thy) efficient (powers), purify us.



punántu mā́ṃ devajanā́ḥ punántu vásavo dʰiyā́ |
víśve devāḥ punītá mā jā́tavedaḥ punīhí mā || 27||



27. May the divine people (i.e. gods) purify me!
   May the Vasus (purify) me on account of (our) song!
   О All-gods, purify me! О Jatavedas, purify me!



prá pyāyasva prá syandasva sóma víśvebʰiraṃśúbʰiḥ |
devébʰya uttamáṃ havíḥ || 28||



28. Well swell (thyself), well flow (on), О Soma,
   with all (thy) shoots (and juice),
   (thou, being) the best offering for gods.



úpa priyáṃ pánipnataṃ yúvānamāhutīvṛ́dʰam |
áganma bíbʰrato námaḥ || 29||



29. The dear (Soma), profusely singing,
   the young, growing strong (lit. increasing) with oblations,—
   (him) we have approached with salutation (lit. carrying salutation with us).



alā́yyasya paraśúrnanāśa támā́ pavasva deva soma |
ākʰúṃ cidevá deva soma || 30||



30. The axe of Alayya is lost;
   О god Soma, flow on (to bring) it;
   O god Soma, (flow on), indeed, (to bring) the spade alone (in addition)!



yáḥ pāvamānī́radʰyétyṛ́ṣibʰiḥ sámbʰṛtaṃ rásam |
sárvaṃ sá pūtámaśnāti svaditáṃ mātaríśvanā || 31||



31. (He) who studies the hymns dedicated to (God) Pavamana,—
   the juice, collected (lit. borne) by the sages,—
   eats all purified (things), made tasty by Matarisvan.



pāvamānī́ryó adʰyétyṛ́ṣibʰiḥ sámbʰṛtaṃ rásam |
tásmai sárasvatī duhe kṣīráṃ sarpírmádʰūdakám || 32||



32. (He) who studies the hymns dedicated to (God) Pavamana,—
   the juice collected (lit. borne) by the sages,—
   for him Sarasvati milks out milk, butter, mead (and) water!






Sūkta 9.68 

prá devámácʰā mádʰumanta índavó'siṣyadanta gā́va ā́ ná dʰenávaḥ |
barhiṣádo vacanā́vanta ū́dʰabʰiḥ parisrútamusríyā nirṇíjaṃ dʰire || 1||



1. The honeyed Indus have profusely flown on
   to the God (Indra) like the milch-cows.
   The cows, sitting on the sacred grass (and) possessed of songs,
   have put on the overflowing (Soma) as a (purified) garment.



sá róruvadabʰí pū́rvā acikradadupārúhaḥ śratʰáyansvādate háriḥ |
tiráḥ pavítraṃ pariyánnurú jráyo ní śáryāṇi dadʰate devá ā́ váram || 2||



2. Loudly roaring, he bellowed towards the ancient (praises);
   loosening the off-shoots, the reddish-brown sweetens himself;
   going around across the strainer towards the broad (vessel),
   may the God leave behind the (bodily) thorns (and put down the thorny demons) so as to bestow boons.



ví yó mamé yamyā̀ saṃyatī́ mádaḥ sākaṃvṛ́dʰā páyasā pinvadákṣitā |
mahī́ apāré rájasī vivévidadabʰivrájannákṣitaṃ pā́ja ā́ dade || 3||



3. (He) who, (as) the exhilarator, has traversed the united twins (i.e. the Heaven and the Earth),
   has swollen (them) with milk, —(the two) together growing (so as to make themselves) inexhaustible;
   knowing well the great, endless regions (viz. the Heaven and the Earth),
   (he, while), going along (heavenwards), has put on an irreducible form.



sá mātárā vicáranvājáyannapáḥ prá médʰiraḥ svadʰáyā pinvate padám |
aṃśúryávena pipiśe yató nṛ́bʰiḥ sáṃ jāmíbʰirnásate rákṣate śíraḥ || 4||



4. He, moving through the Heaven and the Earth (lit. the mothers),
   strengthening the waters, the wise one swells the place with (his) power;
   (the juice of) the stalk, controlled by men, is mixed with barley;
   (he) unites with (his) relatives (and) protects the head.



sáṃ dákṣeṇa mánasā jāyate kavírṛtásya gárbʰo níhito yamā́ paráḥ |
yū́nā ha sántā pratʰamáṃ ví jajñaturgúhā hitáṃ jánima némamúdyatam || 5||



5. He, the (wonder-working) wise, becomes manifest by (the power of) efficient thinking,
   when (he), the foetus of Rta, was placed beyond the twins (i.e. the Heaven and the Earth).
   They (i.e. the Heaven and the Earth), (inspite of) indeed being young, first knew (him);
   his (previous) form (being) placed in secret, (and) the other, rising up.



mandrásya rūpáṃ vividurmanīṣíṇaḥ śyenó yádándʰo ábʰaratparāvátaḥ |
táṃ marjayanta suvṛ́dʰaṃ nadī́ṣvā́m̐ uśántamaṃśúṃ pariyántamṛgmíyam || 6||



6. The wise (poets) have known the form of (Soma, the poetic) thinker
   when the falcon brought the exhilarating drink from distant (heavens);
   him, the profusely-growing, they have cleansed in the rivers,—
   (him) the (God-)longing stalk, going round, full of (excellent) praises.



tvā́ṃ mṛjanti dáśa yóṣaṇaḥ sutáṃ sóma ṛ́ṣibʰirmatíbʰirdʰītíbʰirhitám |
ávyo vā́rebʰirutá deváhūtibʰirnṛ́bʰiryató vā́jamā́ darṣi sātáye || 7||



7. Thee, (when) pressed out, the ten ladies groom, О Soma,
   (thee) urged on by the sages by (means of) the well thought out (and) inspired songs.
   (Passing) through the sheep's hair in the accompaniment of God-invocations,
   (and) controlled by men, thou tearest open vigour for the sake of gain!



pariprayántaṃ vayyàṃ suṣaṃsádaṃ sómaṃ manīṣā́ abʰyànūṣata stúbʰaḥ |
yó dʰā́rayā mádʰumām̐ ūrmíṇā divá íyarti vā́caṃ rayiṣā́ḷámartyaḥ || 8||



8. The inspired songs have praised in chorus the Soma,
   encircling onwards, enjoyable, comfortably sitting,—
   who (flowing) in a stream, mead-possessing due to the heavenly wave,
   fighting for gain, immortal, sends up (his) sound. 



ayáṃ divá iyarti víśvamā́ rájaḥ sómaḥ punānáḥ kaláśeṣu sīdati |
adbʰírgóbʰirmṛjyate ádribʰiḥ sutáḥ punāná índurvárivo vidatpriyám || 9||



9. This Soma rises from heaven (over) upto the whole (mid-)region;
   being purified, (he) sits in the pitchers, is cleansed with waters
   (and is groomed with) milk, (when) pressed by the stones.
   May Indu, (while) being purified, obtain for us lovable cherishable wealth!



evā́ naḥ soma pariṣicyámāno váyo dádʰaccitrátamaṃ pavasva |
adveṣé dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ huvema dévā dʰattá rayímasmé suvī́ram || 10||



10. Thus being poured (lit. sprinkled) out, О Soma,
   flow on brilliantly, for us, bestowing food(-wealth)!
   Let us invoke the non-hating Heaven-and-Earth!
   О gods, put among us (cattle-)wealth accompanied by (lit. possessing) good heroes!






Sūkta 9.69 

íṣurná dʰánvanpráti dʰīyate matírvatsó ná mātúrúpa sarjyū́dʰani |
urúdʰāreva duhe ágra āyatyásya vratéṣvápi sóma iṣyate || 1||



1. Like the arrow to the bow, the hymn is attached to (i.e. offered in the sacrifice);
   like a calf to the mother's udder, (the Soma-offering) is brought near.
   Coming forward, (the hymn) is milked like a cow possessing profuse (milk-)streams;
   for the wonderful activities of this (i.e. Indra) Soma is sent on. 



úpo matíḥ pṛcyáte sicyáte mádʰu mandrā́janī codate antárāsáni |
pávamānaḥ saṃtaníḥ pragʰnatā́miva mádʰumāndrapsáḥ pári vā́ramarṣati || 2||



2. The song is brought near (i.e. offered); and the mead is poured out;
   (the hymn) stimulating the songful (Soma) is made active in the mouth.
   Like the onslaught (or thunder) of striking (warriors),
   the Pavamana, the meadful, the drop, rushes over the sieve.



ávye vadʰūyúḥ pavate pári tvací śratʰnīté naptī́ráditerṛtáṃ yaté |
hárirakrānyajatáḥ saṃyató mádo nṛmṇā́ śíśāno mahiṣó ná śobʰate || 3||



3. The bride-longing Soma flows through the sheep(-hair) over into the (bull's) hide;
   he loosens (the shoots) the daughters of Aditi, for the Rta-observing (sacrificer).
   The reddish brown, worship-worthy, well controlled (horse), the exhilarating (juice) has stridden (on);
   sharpening his strong (horns), he appears attractive (lit. shines) like a buffalo.



ukṣā́ mimāti práti yanti dʰenávo devásya devī́rúpa yanti niṣkṛtám |
átyakramīdárjunaṃ vā́ramavyáyamátkaṃ ná niktáṃ pári sómo avyata || 4||



4. The bull roars; the cows approach (him);
   the shining (ones) go to the place of the shining (Soma).
   He has stridden across the white sheep-hair;
   Soma has clothed himself over in a cleansed garment as it were!



ámṛktena rúśatā vā́sasā hárirámartyo nirṇijānáḥ pári vyata |
diváspṛṣṭʰáṃ barháṇā nirṇíje kṛtopastáraṇaṃ camvòrnabʰasmáyam || 5||



5. With a new (lit. unwashed) red garment has the tawny-brown (Soma)
   covered himself while being cleansed.
   He has made the top of heaven, a garment (for himself), by his wonderful power,
   (and) a waterful spread-cloth for the two press-board (-like Heaven and Earth).



sū́ryasyeva raśmáyo drāvayitnávo matsarā́saḥ prasúpaḥ sākámīrate |
tántuṃ tatáṃ pári sárgāsa āśávo néndrādṛté pavate dʰā́ma kíṃ caná || 6||



6. Like the quick-moving rays of the sun, the exhilarating,
   sleep-inducing (Somas) together move themselves forward—
   the speedy (drops) sent on over the spread out (sacrificial) thread.
   No form (of Soma) flows except for Indra!



síndʰoriva pravaṇé nimná āśávo vṛ́ṣacyutā mádāso gātúmāśata |
śáṃ no niveśé dvipáde cátuṣpade'smé vā́jāḥ soma tiṣṭʰantu kṛṣṭáyaḥ || 7||



7. As (waters) on the sloping path of a river, the quick Somas,
   let loose for Indra (lit. the bull), have attained their path.
   (May there be) happiness for men and cattle in (our) house!
   О Soma, may strong (i.e. prize-winning) men be among us!



ā́ naḥ pavasva vásumaddʰíraṇyavadáśvāvadgómadyávamatsuvī́ryam |
yūyáṃ hí soma pitáro máma stʰána divó mūrdʰā́naḥ prástʰitā vayaskṛ́taḥ || 8||



8. Flow out for us (possessions), having (abundance) of wealth,
   of gold, of horses, of cows, of corn and good sons;
   you, indeed, О Soma, be our (lit. my) protectors (lit. fathers)—
   ye, happiness-bringers, sent onwards (to be) the top of heaven!



eté sómāḥ pávamānāsa índraṃ rátʰā iva prá yayuḥ sātímácʰa |
sutā́ḥ pavítramáti yantyávyaṃ hitvī́ vavríṃ haríto vṛṣṭímácʰa || 9||



9. These flowing Somas have gone to Indra
   like chariots to (prize-) winning (battle);
   the pressed out (Somas) having discarded their cover(s), (and thus appearing) tawny (like the sun's) horses
   go over the sheep(-strainer), towards rain.



índavíndrāya bṛhaté pavasva sumṛḷīkó anavadyó riśā́dāḥ |
bʰárā candrā́ṇi gṛṇaté vásūni devaírdyāvāpṛtʰivī prā́vataṃ naḥ || 10||



10. O Indu, flow for the great Indra,—
   (Indu) very kind, unblamable, giver of food (as thou art).
   Bring shining wealth to the singer.
   О Heaven and Earth, (accompanied) by gods, protect us well!






Sūkta 9.70 

trírasmai saptá dʰenávo duduhre satyā́māśíraṃ pūrvyé vyomani |
catvā́ryanyā́ bʰúvanāni nirṇíje cā́rūṇi cakre yádṛtaírávardʰata || 1||



1. For him thrice seven cows have milked (out)
   the real mixing (milk) in the highest heaven.
   He has made four other entities (lit. beings) into beautiful garment(s)
   while he has increased himself by sacrificial (songs).



sá bʰíkṣamāṇo amṛ́tasya cā́ruṇa ubʰé dyā́vā kā́vyenā ví śaśratʰe |
téjiṣṭʰā apó maṃhánā pári vyata yádī devásya śrávasā sádo vidúḥ || 2||



2. He, searching for the immortal, cherishable (nectar),
   has loosened by his wonderful power both the shining (worlds);
   (then) he clothed himself in the most flaming waters in profusion and
   then (lit. when) they knew the god's seat by (his) fame.



té asya santu ketávó'mṛtyavó'dābʰyāso janúṣī ubʰé ánu |
yébʰirnṛmṇā́ ca devyā̀ ca punatá ā́dídrā́jānaṃ manánā agṛbʰṇata || 3||



3. May those (wondrous) rays of his be immortal and undeceivable among the two races (divine and human);
   (and) with them (lit. with which) may Soma purify the (human) and divine powers;
   (immediately) after this (prayer), indeed, the (well thought-out) songs
   have seized (lit. taken) the shining (god).



sá mṛjyámāno daśábʰiḥ sukármabʰiḥ prá madʰyamā́su mātṛ́ṣu pramé sácā |
vratā́ni pānó amṛ́tasya cā́ruṇa ubʰé nṛcákṣā ánu paśyate víśau || 4||



4. He, being cleansed by the ten, skilfully working (fingers), well (stands)
   in the midst of the middle mothers, in order to measure out (the world) in unison (with them).
   Protecting the wondrous activities of the cherishable, immortal (nectar),
   he, the men-observing, looks at both the people (viz. men and gods).



sá marmṛjāná indriyā́ya dʰā́yasa óbʰé antā́ ródasī harṣate hitáḥ |
vṛ́ṣā śúṣmeṇa bādʰate ví durmatī́rādédiśānaḥ śaryahéva śurúdʰaḥ || 5||



5. He, being cleansed for the sake of the Indraite strength,
   (when) placed in the midst of the two (i.e. the Heaven and the Earth) enjoys himself;
   the male par excellence, challenging, destroys by (his) strength the evil-intentioned (armies of the enemies),
   like the archer (the targets) of hunting.



sá mātárā ná dádṛśāna usríyo nā́nadadeti marútāmiva svanáḥ |
jānánnṛtáṃ pratʰamáṃ yátsvàrṇaraṃ práśastaye kámavṛṇīta sukrátuḥ || 6||



6. He, the (shining) calf, appearing like (or, looking at) the (two) mothers,
   marches on resounding like the sound of the Maruts.
   Knowing the first Rta, which (is) the shining (heavenly place),
   he, the wise, has chosen (it), indeed, for panegyrics.



ruváti bʰīmó vṛṣabʰástaviṣyáyā śṛ́ṅge śíśāno háriṇī vicakṣaṇáḥ |
ā́ yóniṃ sómaḥ súkṛtaṃ ní ṣīdati gavyáyī tvágbʰavati nirṇígavyáyī || 7||



7. The terror-striking bull roars with a desire to exhibit (his) power,
   sharpening his tawny-brown horns, the well-seeing (one);
   Soma sits on his well made out seat;
   (then his) skin becomes bovine (and his) garment of sheep-hair.



śúciḥ punānástanvàmarepásamávye hárirnyàdʰāviṣṭa sā́navi |
júṣṭo mitrā́ya váruṇāya vāyáve tridʰā́tu mádʰu kriyate sukármabʰiḥ || 8||



8. The shining (one), purifying (his) thornless (sinless) body,
   the tawny-brown (Soma) has been stirred (cleansed) on the back of the sheep(-strainer).
   Dear to Mitra, Varuna (and) Vayu, the three-fold sweet drink
   is prepared by the skilful (priests).



pávasva soma devávītaye vṛ́ṣéndrasya hā́rdi somadʰā́namā́ viśa |
purā́ no bādʰā́dduritā́ti pāraya kṣetravíddʰí díśa ā́hā vipṛcʰaté || 9||



9. О Soma, flow on for the enjoyment of gods, (thou) the male par excellence.
   Enter the Soma-holding (pitchers and) the heart of Indra.
   Carry us soon beyond dangers before injury (is created by them).
   The path-knower, indeed, tells the questioner (about) the directions.



hitó ná sáptirabʰí vā́jamarṣéndrasyendo jaṭʰáramā́ pavasva |
nāvā́ ná síndʰumáti parṣi vidvā́ñcʰū́ro ná yúdʰyannáva no nidá spaḥ || 10||



10. Like a horse urged on, run on towards strength;
   О Indu, flow into the stomach of Indra.
   Carry us beyond (dangers) as over a river by a boat; knowing (them as thou art);
   fighting like a hero, carry us away from our enemy (lit. one who blames us).






Sūkta 9.71 

ā́ dákṣiṇā sṛjyate śuṣmyā̀sádaṃ véti druhó rakṣásaḥ pāti jā́gṛviḥ |
háriropaśáṃ kṛṇute nábʰaspáya upastíre camvòrbráhma nirṇíje || 1||







prá kṛṣṭihéva śūṣá eti róruvadasuryàṃ varṇaṃ ní riṇīte asya tám |
jáhāti vavríṃ pitúreti niṣkṛtámupaprútaṃ kṛṇute nirṇíjaṃ tánā || 2||







ádribʰiḥ sutáḥ pavate gábʰastyorvṛṣāyáte nábʰasā vépate matī́ |
sá modate násate sā́dʰate girā́ nenikté apsú yájate párīmaṇi || 3||







pári dyukṣáṃ sáhasaḥ parvatāvṛ́dʰaṃ mádʰvaḥ siñcanti harmyásya sakṣáṇim |
ā́ yásmingā́vaḥ suhutā́da ū́dʰani mūrdʰáñcʰrīṇántyagriyáṃ várīmabʰiḥ || 4||







sámī rátʰaṃ ná bʰuríjoraheṣata dáśa svásāro áditerupástʰa ā́ |
jígādúpa jrayati górapīcyàṃ padáṃ yádasya matútʰā ájījanan || 5||







śyenó ná yóniṃ sádanaṃ dʰiyā́ kṛtáṃ hiraṇyáyamāsádaṃ devá éṣati |
é riṇanti barhíṣi priyáṃ girā́śvo ná devā́m̐ ápyeti yajñíyaḥ || 6||







párā vyàkto aruṣó diváḥ kavírvṛ́ṣā tripṛṣṭʰó anaviṣṭa gā́ abʰí |
sahásraṇītiryátiḥ parāyátī rebʰó ná pūrvī́ruṣáso ví rājati || 7||







tveṣáṃ rūpáṃ kṛṇute várṇo asya sá yátrā́śayatsámṛtā sédʰati sridʰáḥ |
apsā́ yāti svadʰáyā daívyaṃ jánaṃ sáṃ suṣṭutī́ násate sáṃ góagrayā || 8||







ukṣéva yūtʰā́ pariyánnarāvīdádʰi tvíṣīradʰita sū́ryasya |
divyáḥ suparṇó'va cakṣata kṣā́ṃ sómaḥ pári krátunā paśyate jā́ḥ || 9||








Sūkta 9.72 

háriṃ mṛjantyaruṣó ná yujyate sáṃ dʰenúbʰiḥ kaláśe sómo ajyate |
údvā́camīráyati hinváte matī́ puruṣṭutásya káti citparipríyaḥ || 1||







sākáṃ vadanti bahávo manīṣíṇa índrasya sómaṃ jaṭʰáre yádāduhúḥ |
yádī mṛjánti súgabʰastayo náraḥ sánīḷābʰirdaśábʰiḥ kā́myaṃ mádʰu || 2||







áramamāṇo átyeti gā́ abʰí sū́ryasya priyáṃ duhitústiró rávam |
ánvasmai jóṣamabʰaradvinaṃgṛsáḥ sáṃ dvayī́bʰiḥ svásṛbʰiḥ kṣeti jāmíbʰiḥ || 3||







nṛ́dʰūto ádriṣuto barhíṣi priyáḥ pátirgávāṃ pradíva índurṛtvíyaḥ |
púraṃdʰivānmánuṣo yajñasā́dʰanaḥ śúcirdʰiyā́ pavate sóma indra te || 4||







nṛ́bāhúbʰyāṃ coditó dʰā́rayā sutò'nuṣvadʰáṃ pavate sóma indra te |
ā́prāḥ krátūnsámajairadʰvaré matī́rvérná druṣáccamvòrā́sadaddʰáriḥ || 5||







aṃśúṃ duhanti stanáyantamákṣitaṃ kavíṃ kaváyo'páso manīṣíṇaḥ |
sámī gā́vo matáyo yanti saṃyáta ṛtásya yónā sádane punarbʰúvaḥ || 6||







nā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ dʰarúṇo mahó divò'pā́mūrmaú síndʰuṣvantárukṣitáḥ |
índrasya vájro vṛṣabʰó vibʰū́vasuḥ sómo hṛdé pavate cā́ru matsaráḥ || 7||







sá tū́ pavasva pári pā́rtʰivaṃ rája stotré śíkṣannādʰūnvaté ca sukrato |
mā́ no nírbʰāgvásunaḥ sādanaspṛ́śo rayíṃ piśáṅgaṃ bahuláṃ vasīmahi || 8||







ā́ tū́ na indo śatádātváśvyaṃ sahásradātu paśumáddʰíraṇyavat |
úpa māsva bṛhatī́ revátīríṣó'dʰi stotrásya pavamāna no gahi || 9||








Sūkta 9.73 

srákve drapsásya dʰámataḥ sámasvarannṛtásya yónā sámaranta nā́bʰayaḥ |
trī́nsá mūrdʰnó ásuraścakra ārábʰe satyásya nā́vaḥ sukṛ́tamapīparan || 1||







samyáksamyáñco mahiṣā́ aheṣata síndʰorūrmā́vádʰi venā́ avīvipan |
mádʰordʰā́rābʰirjanáyanto arkámítpriyā́míndrasya tanvàmavīvṛdʰan || 2||







pavítravantaḥ pári vā́camāsate pitaíṣāṃ pratnó abʰí rakṣati vratám |
maháḥ samudráṃ váruṇastiró dadʰe dʰī́rā ícʰekurdʰarúṇeṣvārábʰam || 3||







sahásradʰāré'va té sámasvarandivó nā́ke mádʰujihvā asaścátaḥ |
ásya spáśo ná ní miṣanti bʰū́rṇayaḥ padépade pāśínaḥ santi sétavaḥ || 4||







pitúrmātúrádʰyā́ yé samásvarannṛcā́ śócantaḥ saṃdáhanto avratā́n |
índradviṣṭāmápa dʰamanti māyáyā tvácamásiknīṃ bʰū́mano diváspári || 5||







pratnā́nmā́nādádʰyā́ yé samásvarañcʰlókayantrāso rabʰasásya mántavaḥ |
ápānakṣā́so badʰirā́ ahāsata ṛtásya pántʰāṃ ná taranti duṣkṛ́taḥ || 6||







sahásradʰāre vítate pavítra ā́ vā́caṃ punanti kaváyo manīṣíṇaḥ |
rudrā́sa eṣāmiṣirā́so adrúha spáśaḥ sváñcaḥ sudṛ́śo nṛcákṣasaḥ || 7||







ṛtásya gopā́ ná dábʰāya sukrátustrī́ ṣá pavítrā hṛdyàntárā́ dadʰe |
vidvā́nsá víśvā bʰúvanābʰí paśyatyávā́juṣṭānvidʰyati karté avratā́n || 8||







ṛtásya tánturvítataḥ pavítra ā́ jihvā́yā ágre váruṇasya māyáyā |
dʰī́rāścittátsamínakṣanta āśatā́trā kartámáva padātyáprabʰuḥ || 9||








Sūkta 9.74 

śíśurná jātó'va cakradadváne svàryádvājyàruṣáḥ síṣāsati |
divó rétasā sacate payovṛ́dʰā támīmahe sumatī́ śárma saprátʰaḥ || 1||







divó yá skambʰó dʰarúṇaḥ svā̀tata ā́pūrṇo aṃśúḥ paryéti viśvátaḥ |
sémé mahī́ ródasī yakṣadāvṛ́tā samīcīné dādʰāra sámíṣaḥ kavíḥ || 2||







máhi psáraḥ súkṛtaṃ somyáṃ mádʰūrvī́ gávyūtiráditerṛtáṃ yaté |
ī́śe yó vṛṣṭéritá usríyo vṛ́ṣāpā́ṃ netā́ yá itáūtirṛgmíyaḥ || 3||







ātmanvánnábʰo duhyate gʰṛtáṃ páya ṛtásya nā́bʰiramṛ́taṃ ví jāyate |
samīcīnā́ḥ sudā́navaḥ prīṇanti táṃ náro hitámáva mehanti péravaḥ || 4||







árāvīdaṃśúḥ sácamāna ūrmíṇā devāvyàṃ manuṣe pinvati tvácam |
dádʰāti gárbʰamáditerupástʰa ā́ yéna tokáṃ ca tánayaṃ ca dʰā́mahe || 5||







sahásradʰāré'va tā́ asaścátastṛtī́ye santu rájasi prajā́vatīḥ |
cátasro nā́bʰo níhitā avó divó havírbʰarantyamṛ́taṃ gʰṛtaścútaḥ || 6||







śvetáṃ rūpáṃ kṛṇute yátsíṣāsati sómo mīḍʰvā́m̐ ásuro veda bʰū́manaḥ |
dʰiyā́ śámī sacate sémabʰí praváddiváskávandʰamáva darṣadudríṇam || 7||







ádʰa śvetáṃ kaláśaṃ góbʰiraktáṃ kā́rṣmannā́ vājyàkramītsasavā́n |
ā́ hinvire mánasā devayántaḥ kakṣī́vate śatáhimāya gónām || 8||







adbʰíḥ soma papṛcānásya te rásó'vyo vā́raṃ ví pavamāna dʰāvati |
sá mṛjyámānaḥ kavíbʰirmadintama svádasvéndrāya pavamāna pītáye || 9||








Sūkta 9.75 

abʰí priyā́ṇi pavate cánohito nā́māni yahvó ádʰi yéṣu várdʰate |
ā́ sū́ryasya bṛható bṛhánnádʰi rátʰaṃ víṣvañcamaruhadvicakṣaṇáḥ || 1||







ṛtásya jihvā́ pavate mádʰu priyáṃ vaktā́ pátirdʰiyó asyā́ ádābʰyaḥ |
dádʰāti putráḥ pitrórapīcyàṃ nāma tṛtī́yamádʰi rocané diváḥ || 2||







áva dyutānáḥ kaláśām̐ acikradannṛ́bʰiryemānáḥ kóśa ā́ hiraṇyáye |
abʰī́mṛtásya dohánā anūṣatā́dʰi tripṛṣṭʰá uṣáso ví rājati || 3||







ádribʰiḥ sutó matíbʰiścánohitaḥ prarocáyanródasī mātárā śúciḥ |
rómāṇyávyā samáyā ví dʰāvati mádʰordʰā́rā pínvamānā divédive || 4||







pári soma prá dʰanvā svastáye nṛ́bʰiḥ punānó abʰí vāsayāśíram |
yé te mádā āhanáso víhāyasastébʰiríndraṃ codaya dā́tave magʰám || 5||








Sūkta 9.76 

dʰartā́ diváḥ pavate kṛ́tvyo ráso dákṣo devā́nāmanumā́dyo nṛ́bʰiḥ |
háriḥ sṛjānó átyo ná sátvabʰirvṛ́tʰā pā́jāṃsi kṛṇute nadī́ṣvā́ || 1||







śū́ro ná dʰatta ā́yudʰā gábʰastyoḥ svàḥ síṣāsanratʰiró gáviṣṭiṣu |
índrasya śúṣmamīráyannapasyúbʰiríndurhinvānó ajyate manīṣíbʰiḥ || 2||







índrasya soma pávamāna ūrmíṇā taviṣyámāṇo jaṭʰáreṣvā́ viśa |
prá ṇaḥ pinva vidyúdabʰréva ródasī dʰiyā́ ná vā́jām̐ úpa māsi śáśvataḥ || 3||







víśvasya rā́jā pavate svardṛ́śa ṛtásya dʰītímṛṣiṣā́ḷavīvaśat |
yáḥ sū́ryasyā́sireṇa mṛjyáte pitā́ matīnā́másamaṣṭakāvyaḥ || 4||







vṛ́ṣeva yūtʰā́ pári kóśamarṣasyapā́mupástʰe vṛṣabʰáḥ kánikradat |
sá índrāya pavase matsaríntamo yátʰā jéṣāma samitʰé tvótayaḥ || 5||








Sūkta 9.77 

eṣá prá kóśe mádʰumām̐ acikradadíndrasya vájro vápuṣo vápuṣṭaraḥ |
abʰī́mṛtásya sudúgʰā gʰṛtaścúto vāśrā́ arṣanti páyaseva dʰenávaḥ || 1||







sá pūrvyáḥ pavate yáṃ diváspári śyenó matʰāyádiṣitástiró rájaḥ |
sá mádʰva ā́ yuvate vévijāna ítkṛśā́norásturmánasā́ha bibʰyúṣā || 2||







té naḥ pū́rvāsa úparāsa índavo mahé vā́jāya dʰanvantu gómate |
īkṣeṇyā̀so ahyò ná cā́ravo bráhmabrahma yé jujuṣúrhavírhaviḥ || 3||







ayáṃ no vidvā́nvanavadvanuṣyatá índuḥ satrā́cā mánasā puruṣṭutáḥ |
inásya yáḥ sádane gárbʰamādadʰé gávāmurubjámabʰyárṣati vrajám || 4||







cákrirdiváḥ pavate kṛ́tvyo ráso mahā́m̐ ádabdʰo váruṇo hurúgyaté |
ásāvi mitró vṛjáneṣu yajñíyó'tyo ná yūtʰé vṛṣayúḥ kánikradat || 5||








Sūkta 9.78 

prá rā́jā vā́caṃ janáyannasiṣyadadapó vásāno abʰí gā́ iyakṣati |
gṛbʰṇā́ti riprámávirasya tā́nvā śuddʰó devā́nāmúpa yāti niṣkṛtám || 1||







índrāya soma pári ṣicyase nṛ́bʰirnṛcákṣā ūrmíḥ kavírajyase váne |
pūrvī́rhí te srutáyaḥ sánti yā́tave sahásramáśvā hárayaścamūṣádaḥ || 2||







samudríyā apsaráso manīṣíṇamā́sīnā antárabʰí sómamakṣaran |
tā́ īṃ hinvanti harmyásya sakṣáṇiṃ yā́cante sumnáṃ pávamānamákṣitam || 3||







gojínnaḥ sómo ratʰajíddʰiraṇyajítsvarjídabjítpavate sahasrajít |
yáṃ devā́saścakriré pītáye mádaṃ svā́diṣṭʰaṃ drapsámaruṇáṃ mayobʰúvam || 4||







etā́ni soma pávamāno asmayúḥ satyā́ni kṛṇvándráviṇānyarṣasi |
jahí śátrumantiké dūraké ca yá urvī́ṃ gávyūtimábʰayaṃ ca naskṛdʰi || 5||








Sūkta 9.79 

acodáso no dʰanvantvíndavaḥ prá suvānā́so bṛháddiveṣu hárayaḥ |
ví ca náśanna iṣó árātayo'ryó naśanta sániṣanta no dʰíyaḥ || 1||







prá ṇo dʰanvantvíndavo madacyúto dʰánā vā yébʰirárvato junīmási |
tiró mártasya kásya citpárihvṛtiṃ vayáṃ dʰánāni viśvádʰā bʰaremahi || 2||







utá svásyā árātyā arírhí ṣá utā́nyásyā árātyā vṛ́ko hí ṣáḥ |
dʰánvanná tṛ́ṣṇā sámarīta tā́m̐ abʰí sóma jahí pavamāna durādʰyàḥ || 3||







diví te nā́bʰā paramó yá ādadé pṛtʰivyā́ste ruruhuḥ sā́navi kṣípaḥ |
ádrayastvā bapsati górádʰi tvacyàpsú tvā hástairduduhurmanīṣíṇaḥ || 4||







evā́ ta indo subʰvàṃ supéśasaṃ rásaṃ tuñjanti pratʰamā́ abʰiśríyaḥ |
nídaṃnidaṃ pavamāna ní tāriṣa āvíste śúṣmo bʰavatu priyó mádaḥ || 5||








Sūkta 9.80 

sómasya dʰā́rā pavate nṛcákṣasa ṛténa devā́nhavate diváspári |
bṛ́haspáte ravátʰenā ví didyute samudrā́so ná sávanāni vivyacuḥ || 1||







yáṃ tvā vājinnagʰnyā́ abʰyánūṣatā́yohataṃ yónimā́ rohasi dyumā́n |
magʰónāmā́yuḥ pratiránmáhi śráva índrāya soma pavase vṛ́ṣā mádaḥ || 2||







éndrasya kukṣā́ pavate madíntama ū́rjaṃ vásānaḥ śrávase sumaṅgálaḥ |
pratyáṅsá víśvā bʰúvanābʰí papratʰe krī́ḷanhárirátyaḥ syandate vṛ́ṣā || 3||







táṃ tvā devébʰyo mádʰumattamaṃ náraḥ sahásradʰāraṃ duhate dáśa kṣípaḥ |
nṛ́bʰiḥ soma prácyuto grā́vabʰiḥ sutó víśvāndevā́m̐ ā́ pavasvā sahasrajit || 4||







táṃ tvā hastíno mádʰumantamádribʰirduhántyapsú vṛṣabʰáṃ dáśa kṣípaḥ |
índraṃ soma mādáyandaívyaṃ jánaṃ síndʰorivormíḥ pávamāno arṣasi || 5||








Sūkta 9.81 

prá sómasya pávamānasyormáya índrasya yanti jaṭʰáraṃ supéśasaḥ |
dadʰnā́ yádīmúnnītā yaśásā gávāṃ dānā́ya śū́ramudámandiṣuḥ sutā́ḥ || 1||







ácʰā hí sómaḥ kaláśām̐ ásiṣyadadátyo ná vóḷhā ragʰúvartanirvṛ́ṣā |
átʰā devā́nāmubʰáyasya jánmano vidvā́m̐ aśnotyamúta itáśca yát || 2||







ā́ naḥ soma pávamānaḥ kirā vásvíndo bʰáva magʰávā rā́dʰaso maháḥ |
śíkṣā vayodʰo vásave sú cetúnā mā́ no gáyamāré asmátpárā sicaḥ || 3||







ā́ naḥ pūṣā́ pávamānaḥ surātáyo mitró gacʰantu váruṇaḥ sajóṣasaḥ |
bṛ́haspátirmarúto vāyúraśvínā tváṣṭā savitā́ suyámā sárasvatī || 4||







ubʰé dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ viśvaminvé aryamā́ devó áditirvidʰātā́ |
bʰágo nṛ́śáṃsa urvàntárikṣaṃ víśve devā́ḥ pávamānaṃ juṣanta || 5||








Sūkta 9.82 

ásāvi sómo aruṣó vṛ́ṣā hárī rā́jeva dasmó abʰí gā́ acikradat |
punānó vā́raṃ páryetyavyáyaṃ śyenó ná yóniṃ gʰṛtávantamāsádam || 1||







kavírvedʰasyā́ páryeṣi mā́hinamátyo ná mṛṣṭó abʰí vā́jamarṣasi |
apasédʰanduritā́ soma mṛḷaya gʰṛtáṃ vásānaḥ pári yāsi nirṇíjam || 2||







parjányaḥ pitā́ mahiṣásya parṇíno nā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ giríṣu kṣáyaṃ dadʰe |
svásāra ā́po abʰí gā́ utā́saransáṃ grā́vabʰirnasate vīté adʰvaré || 3||







jāyéva pátyāvádʰi śéva maṃhase pájrāyā garbʰa śṛṇuhí brávīmi te |
antárvā́ṇīṣu prá carā sú jīváse'nindyó vṛjáne soma jāgṛhi || 4||







yátʰā pū́rvebʰyaḥ śatasā́ ámṛdʰraḥ sahasrasā́ḥ paryáyā vā́jamindo |
evā́ pavasva suvitā́ya návyase táva vratámánvā́paḥ sacante || 5||








Sūkta 9.83 

pavítraṃ te vítataṃ brahmaṇaspate prabʰúrgā́trāṇi páryeṣi viśvátaḥ |
átaptatanūrná tádāmó aśnute śṛtā́sa ídváhantastátsámāśata || 1||







tápoṣpavítraṃ vítataṃ diváspadé śócanto asya tántavo vyàstʰiran |
ávantyasya pavītā́ramāśávo diváspṛṣṭʰámádʰi tiṣṭʰanti cétasā || 2||







árūrucaduṣásaḥ pṛ́śniragriyá ukṣā́ bibʰarti bʰúvanāni vājayúḥ |
māyāvíno mamire asya māyáyā nṛcákṣasaḥ pitáro gárbʰamā́ dadʰuḥ || 3||







gandʰarvá ittʰā́ padámasya rakṣati pā́ti devā́nāṃ jánimānyádbʰutaḥ |
gṛbʰṇā́ti ripúṃ nidʰáyā nidʰā́patiḥ sukṛ́ttamā mádʰuno bʰakṣámāśata || 4||







havírhaviṣmo máhi sádma daívyaṃ nábʰo vásānaḥ pári yāsyadʰvarám |
rā́jā pavítraratʰo vā́jamā́ruhaḥ sahásrabʰṛṣṭirjayasi śrávo bṛhát || 5||








Sūkta 9.84 

pávasva devamā́dano vícarṣaṇirapsā́ índrāya váruṇāya vāyáve |
kṛdʰī́ no adyá várivaḥ svastimádurukṣitaú gṛṇīhi daívyaṃ jánam || 1||







ā́ yástastʰaú bʰúvanānyámartyo víśvāni sómaḥ pári tā́nyarṣati |
kṛṇvánsaṃcṛ́taṃ vicṛ́tamabʰíṣṭaya índuḥ siṣaktyuṣásaṃ ná sū́ryaḥ || 2||







ā́ yó góbʰiḥ sṛjyáta óṣadʰīṣvā́ devā́nāṃ sumná iṣáyannúpāvasuḥ |
ā́ vidyútā pavate dʰā́rayā sutá índraṃ sómo mādáyandaívyaṃ jánam || 3||







eṣá syá sómaḥ pavate sahasrajíddʰinvānó vā́camiṣirā́muṣarbúdʰam |
índuḥ samudrámúdiyarti vāyúbʰiréndrasya hā́rdi kaláśeṣu sīdati || 4||







abʰí tyáṃ gā́vaḥ páyasā payovṛ́dʰaṃ sómaṃ śrīṇanti matíbʰiḥ svarvídam |
dʰanaṃjayáḥ pavate kṛ́tvyo ráso vípraḥ kavíḥ kā́vyenā svàrcanāḥ || 5||








Sūkta 9.85 

índrāya soma súṣutaḥ pári sravā́pā́mīvā bʰavatu rákṣasā sahá |
mā́ te rásasya matsata dvayāvíno dráviṇasvanta ihá santvíndavaḥ || 1||







asmā́nsamaryé pavamāna codaya dákṣo devā́nāmási hí priyó mádaḥ |
jahí śátrūm̐rabʰyā́ bʰandanāyatáḥ píbendra sómamáva no mṛ́dʰo jahi || 2||







ádabdʰa indo pavase madíntama ātméndrasya bʰavasi dʰāsíruttamáḥ |
abʰí svaranti bahávo manīṣíṇo rā́jānamasyá bʰúvanasya niṃsate || 3||







sahásraṇītʰaḥ śatádʰāro ádbʰuta índrāyénduḥ pavate kā́myaṃ mádʰu |
jáyankṣétramabʰyàrṣā jáyannapá urúṃ no gātúṃ kṛṇu soma mīḍʰvaḥ || 4||







kánikradatkaláśe góbʰirajyase vyàvyáyaṃ samáyā vā́ramarṣasi |
marmṛjyámāno átyo ná sānasíríndrasya soma jaṭʰáre sámakṣaraḥ || 5||







svādúḥ pavasva divyā́ya jánmane svādúríndrāya suhávītunāmne |
svādúrmitrā́ya váruṇāya vāyáve bṛ́haspátaye mádʰumām̐ ádābʰyaḥ || 6||







átyaṃ mṛjanti kaláśe dáśa kṣípaḥ prá víprāṇāṃ matáyo vā́ca īrate |
pávamānā abʰyàrṣanti suṣṭutíméndraṃ viśanti madirā́sa índavaḥ || 7||







pávamāno abʰyàrṣā suvī́ryamurvī́ṃ gávyūtiṃ máhi śárma saprátʰaḥ |
mā́kirno asyá páriṣūtirīśaténdo jáyema tváyā dʰánaṃdʰanam || 8||







ádʰi dyā́mastʰādvṛṣabʰó vicakṣaṇó'rūrucadví divó rocanā́ kavíḥ |
rā́jā pavítramátyeti róruvaddiváḥ pīyū́ṣaṃ duhate nṛcákṣasaḥ || 9||







divó nā́ke mádʰujihvā asaścáto venā́ duhantyukṣáṇaṃ giriṣṭʰā́m |
apsú drapsáṃ vāvṛdʰānáṃ samudrá ā́ síndʰorūrmā́ mádʰumantaṃ pavítra ā́ || 10||







nā́ke suparṇámupapaptivā́ṃsaṃ gíro venā́nāmakṛpanta pūrvī́ḥ |
śíśuṃ rihanti matáyaḥ pánipnataṃ hiraṇyáyaṃ śakunáṃ kṣā́maṇi stʰā́m || 11||







ūrdʰvó gandʰarvó ádʰi nā́ke astʰādvíśvā rūpā́ praticákṣāṇo asya |
bʰānúḥ śukréṇa śocíṣā vyàdyautprā́rūrucadródasī mātárā śúciḥ || 12||








Sūkta 9.86 

prá ta āśávaḥ pavamāna dʰījávo mádā arṣanti ragʰujā́ iva tmánā |
divyā́ḥ suparṇā́ mádʰumanta índavo madíntamāsaḥ pári kóśamāsate || 1||







prá te mádāso madirā́sa āśávó'sṛkṣata rátʰyāso yátʰā pṛ́tʰak |
dʰenúrná vatsáṃ páyasābʰí vajríṇamíndramíndavo mádʰumanta ūrmáyaḥ || 2||







átyo ná hiyānó abʰí vā́jamarṣa svarvítkóśaṃ divó ádrimātaram |
vṛ́ṣā pavítre ádʰi sā́no avyáye sómaḥ punāná indriyā́ya dʰā́yase || 3||







prá ta ā́śvinīḥ pavamāna dʰījúvo divyā́ asṛgranpáyasā dʰárīmaṇi |
prā́ntárṛ́ṣaya stʰā́virīrasṛkṣata yé tvā mṛjántyṛṣiṣāṇa vedʰásaḥ || 4||







víśvā dʰā́māni viśvacakṣa ṛ́bʰvasaḥ prabʰóste satáḥ pári yanti ketávaḥ |
vyānaśíḥ pavase soma dʰármabʰiḥ pátirvíśvasya bʰúvanasya rājasi || 5||







ubʰayátaḥ pávamānasya raśmáyo dʰruvásya satáḥ pári yanti ketávaḥ |
yádī pavítre ádʰi mṛjyáte háriḥ sáttā ní yónā kaláśeṣu sīdati || 6||







yajñásya ketúḥ pavate svadʰvaráḥ sómo devā́nāmúpa yāti niṣkṛtám |
sahásradʰāraḥ pári kóśamarṣati vṛ́ṣā pavítramátyeti róruvat || 7||







rā́jā samudráṃ nadyò ví gāhate'pā́mūrmíṃ sacate síndʰuṣu śritáḥ |
ádʰyastʰātsā́nu pávamāno avyáyaṃ nā́bʰā pṛtʰivyā́ dʰarúṇo mahó diváḥ || 8||







divó ná sā́nu stanáyannacikradaddyaúśca yásya pṛtʰivī́ ca dʰármabʰiḥ |
índrasya sakʰyáṃ pavate vivévidatsómaḥ punānáḥ kaláśeṣu sīdati || 9||







jyótiryajñásya pavate mádʰu priyáṃ pitā́ devā́nāṃ janitā́ vibʰū́vasuḥ |
dádʰāti rátnaṃ svadʰáyorapīcyàṃ madíntamo matsará indriyó rásaḥ || 10||







abʰikrándankaláśaṃ vājyàrṣati pátirdiváḥ śatádʰāro vicakṣaṇáḥ |
hárirmitrásya sádaneṣu sīdati marmṛjānó'vibʰiḥ síndʰubʰirvṛ́ṣā || 11||







ágre síndʰūnāṃ pávamāno arṣatyágre vācó agriyó góṣu gacʰati |
ágre vā́jasya bʰajate mahādʰanáṃ svāyudʰáḥ sotṛ́bʰiḥ pūyate vṛ́ṣā || 12||







ayáṃ matávāñcʰakunó yátʰā hitó'vye sasāra pávamāna ūrmíṇā |
táva krátvā ródasī antarā́ kave śúcirdʰiyā́ pavate sóma indra te || 13||







drāpíṃ vásāno yajató divispṛ́śamantarikṣaprā́ bʰúvaneṣvárpitaḥ |
svàrjajñānó nábʰasābʰyàkramītpratnámasya pitáramā́ vivāsati || 14||







só asya viśé máhi śárma yacʰati yó asya dʰā́ma pratʰamáṃ vyānaśé |
padáṃ yádasya paramé vyomanyáto víśvā abʰí sáṃ yāti saṃyátaḥ || 15||







pró ayāsīdínduríndrasya niṣkṛtáṃ sákʰā sákʰyurná prá mināti saṃgíram |
márya iva yuvatíbʰiḥ sámarṣati sómaḥ kaláśe śatáyāmnā patʰā́ || 16||







prá vo dʰíyo mandrayúvo vipanyúvaḥ panasyúvaḥ saṃvásaneṣvakramuḥ |
sómaṃ manīṣā́ abʰyànūṣata stúbʰo'bʰí dʰenávaḥ páyasemaśiśrayuḥ || 17||







ā́ naḥ soma saṃyátaṃ pipyúṣīmíṣamíndo pávasva pávamāno asrídʰam |
yā́ no dóhate tríráhannásaścuṣī kṣumádvā́javanmádʰumatsuvī́ryam || 18||







vṛ́ṣā matīnā́ṃ pavate vicakṣaṇáḥ sómo áhnaḥ pratarītóṣáso diváḥ |
krāṇā́ síndʰūnāṃ kaláśām̐ avīvaśadíndrasya hā́rdyāviśánmanīṣíbʰiḥ || 19||







manīṣíbʰiḥ pavate pūrvyáḥ kavírnṛ́bʰiryatáḥ pári kóśām̐ acikradat |
tritásya nā́ma janáyanmádʰu kṣaradíndrasya vāyóḥ sakʰyā́ya kártave || 20||







ayáṃ punāná uṣáso ví rocayadayáṃ síndʰubʰyo abʰavadu lokakṛ́t |
ayáṃ tríḥ saptá duduhāná āśíraṃ sómo hṛdé pavate cā́ru matsaráḥ || 21||







pávasva soma divyéṣu dʰā́masu sṛjāná indo kaláśe pavítra ā́ |
sī́danníndrasya jaṭʰáre kánikradannṛ́bʰiryatáḥ sū́ryamā́rohayo diví || 22||







ádribʰiḥ sutáḥ pavase pavítra ā́m̐ índavíndrasya jaṭʰáreṣvāviśán |
tváṃ nṛcákṣā abʰavo vicakṣaṇa sóma gotrámáṅgirobʰyo'vṛṇorápa || 23||







tvā́ṃ soma pávamānaṃ svādʰyó'nu víprāso amadannavasyávaḥ |
tvā́ṃ suparṇá ā́bʰaraddiváspárī́ndo víśvābʰirmatíbʰiḥ páriṣkṛtam || 24||







ávye punānáṃ pári vā́ra ūrmíṇā háriṃ navante abʰí saptá dʰenávaḥ |
apā́mupástʰe ádʰyāyávaḥ kavímṛtásya yónā mahiṣā́ aheṣata || 25||







índuḥ punānó áti gāhate mṛ́dʰo víśvāni kṛṇvánsupátʰāni yájyave |
gā́ḥ kṛṇvānó nirṇíjaṃ haryatáḥ kavírátyo ná krī́ḷanpári vā́ramarṣati || 26||







asaścátaḥ śatádʰārā abʰiśríyo háriṃ navanté'va tā́ udanyúvaḥ |
kṣípo mṛjanti pári góbʰirā́vṛtaṃ tṛtī́ye pṛṣṭʰé ádʰi rocané diváḥ || 27||







távemā́ḥ prajā́ divyásya rétasastváṃ víśvasya bʰúvanasya rājasi |
átʰedáṃ víśvaṃ pavamāna te váśe tvámindo pratʰamó dʰāmadʰā́ asi || 28||







tváṃ samudró asi viśvavítkave távemā́ḥ páñca pradíśo vídʰarmaṇi |
tváṃ dyā́ṃ ca pṛtʰivī́ṃ cā́ti jabʰriṣe táva jyótīṃṣi pavamāna sū́ryaḥ || 29||







tváṃ pavítre rájaso vídʰarmaṇi devébʰyaḥ soma pavamāna pūyase |
tvā́muśíjaḥ pratʰamā́ agṛbʰṇata túbʰyemā́ víśvā bʰúvanāni yemire || 30||







prá rebʰá etyáti vā́ramavyáyaṃ vṛ́ṣā váneṣváva cakradaddʰáriḥ |
sáṃ dʰītáyo vāvaśānā́ anūṣata śíśuṃ rihanti matáyaḥ pánipnatam || 31||







sá sū́ryasya raśmíbʰiḥ pári vyata tántuṃ tanvānástrivṛ́taṃ yátʰā vidé |
náyannṛtásya praśíṣo návīyasīḥ pátirjánīnāmúpa yāti niṣkṛtám || 32||







rā́jā síndʰūnāṃ pavate pátirdivá ṛtásya yāti patʰíbʰiḥ kánikradat |
sahásradʰāraḥ pári ṣicyate háriḥ punānó vā́caṃ janáyannúpāvasuḥ || 33||







pávamāna máhyárṇo ví dʰāvasi sū́ro ná citró ávyayāni pávyayā |
gábʰastipūto nṛ́bʰirádribʰiḥ sutó mahé vā́jāya dʰányāya dʰanvasi || 34||







íṣamū́rjaṃ pavamānābʰyàrṣasi śyenó ná váṃsu kaláśeṣu sīdasi |
índrāya mádvā mádyo mádaḥ sutó divó viṣṭambʰá upamó vicakṣaṇáḥ || 35||







saptá svásāro abʰí mātáraḥ śíśuṃ návaṃ jajñānáṃ jényaṃ vipaścítam |
apā́ṃ gandʰarváṃ divyáṃ nṛcákṣasaṃ sómaṃ víśvasya bʰúvanasya rājáse || 36||







īśāná imā́ bʰúvanāni vī́yase yujāná indo harítaḥ suparṇyàḥ |
tā́ste kṣarantu mádʰumadgʰṛtáṃ páyastáva vraté soma tiṣṭʰantu kṛṣṭáyaḥ || 37||







tváṃ nṛcákṣā asi soma viśvátaḥ pávamāna vṛṣabʰa tā́ ví dʰāvasi |
sá naḥ pavasva vásumaddʰíraṇyavadvayáṃ syāma bʰúvaneṣu jīváse || 38||







govítpavasva vasuvíddʰiraṇyavídretodʰā́ indo bʰúvaneṣvárpitaḥ |
tváṃ suvī́ro asi soma viśvavíttáṃ tvā víprā úpa girémá āsate || 39||







únmádʰva ūrmírvanánā atiṣṭʰipadapó vásāno mahiṣó ví gāhate |
rā́jā pavítraratʰo vā́jamā́ruhatsahásrabʰṛṣṭirjayati śrávo bṛhát || 40||







sá bʰandánā údiyarti prajā́vatīrviśvā́yurvíśvāḥ subʰárā áhardivi |
bráhma prajā́vadrayímáśvapastyaṃ pītá indavíndramasmábʰyaṃ yācatāt || 41||







só ágre áhnāṃ hárirharyató mádaḥ prá cétasā cetayate ánu dyúbʰiḥ |
dvā́ jánā yātáyannantárīyate nárā ca śáṃsaṃ daívyaṃ ca dʰartári || 42||







añjáte vyàñjate sámañjate krátuṃ rihanti mádʰunābʰyàñjate |
síndʰorucʰvāsé patáyantamukṣáṇaṃ hiraṇyapāvā́ḥ paśúmāsu gṛbʰṇate || 43||







vipaścíte pávamānāya gāyata mahī́ ná dʰā́rā́tyándʰo arṣati |
áhirná jūrṇā́máti sarpati tvácamátyo ná krī́ḷannasaradvṛ́ṣā háriḥ || 44||







agregó rā́jā́pyastaviṣyate vimā́no áhnāṃ bʰúvaneṣvárpitaḥ |
hárirgʰṛtásnuḥ sudṛ́śīko arṇavó jyotī́ratʰaḥ pavate rāyá okyàḥ || 45||







ásarji skambʰó divá údyato mádaḥ pári tridʰā́turbʰúvanānyarṣati |
aṃśúṃ rihanti matáyaḥ pánipnataṃ girā́ yádi nirṇíjamṛgmíṇo yayúḥ || 46||







prá te dʰā́rā átyáṇvāni meṣyàḥ punānásya saṃyáto yanti ráṃhayaḥ |
yádgóbʰirindo camvòḥ samajyása ā́ suvānáḥ soma kaláśeṣu sīdasi || 47||







pávasva soma kratuvínna uktʰyó'vyo vā́re pári dʰāva mádʰu priyám |
jahí víśvānrakṣása indo atríṇo bṛhádvadema vidátʰe suvī́rāḥ || 48||








Sūkta 9.87 

prá tú drava pári kóśaṃ ní ṣīda nṛ́bʰiḥ punānó abʰí vā́jamarṣa |
áśvaṃ ná tvā vājínaṃ marjáyantó'cʰā barhī́ raśanā́bʰirnayanti || 1||







svāyudʰáḥ pavate devá índuraśastihā́ vṛjánaṃ rákṣamāṇaḥ |
pitā́ devā́nāṃ janitā́ sudákṣo viṣṭambʰó divó dʰarúṇaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ || 2||







ṛ́ṣirvípraḥ puraetā́ jánānāmṛbʰúrdʰī́ra uśánā kā́vyena |
sá cidviveda níhitaṃ yádāsāmapīcyàṃ guhyaṃ nā́ma gónām || 3||







eṣá syá te mádʰumām̐ indra sómo vṛ́ṣā vṛ́ṣṇe pári pavítre akṣāḥ |
sahasrasā́ḥ śatasā́ bʰūridā́vā śaśvattamáṃ barhírā́ vājyàstʰāt || 4||







eté sómā abʰí gavyā́ sahásrā mahé vā́jāyāmṛ́tāya śrávāṃsi |
pavítrebʰiḥ pávamānā asṛgrañcʰravasyávo ná pṛtanā́jo átyāḥ || 5||







pári hí ṣmā puruhūtó jánānāṃ víśvā́saradbʰójanā pūyámānaḥ |
átʰā́ bʰara śyenabʰṛta práyāṃsi rayíṃ túñjāno abʰí vā́jamarṣa || 6||







eṣá suvānáḥ pári sómaḥ pavítre sárgo ná sṛṣṭó adadʰāvadárvā |
tigmé śíśāno mahiṣó ná śṛ́ṅge gā́ gavyánnabʰí śū́ro ná sátvā || 7||







eṣā́ yayau paramā́dantárádreḥ kū́citsatī́rūrvé gā́ viveda |
divó ná vidyútstanáyantyabʰraíḥ sómasya te pavata indra dʰā́rā || 8||







utá sma rāśíṃ pári yāsi gónāmíndreṇa soma sarátʰaṃ punānáḥ |
pūrvī́ríṣo bṛhatī́rjīradāno śíkṣā śacīvastáva tā́ upaṣṭút || 9||








Sūkta 9.88 

ayáṃ sóma indra túbʰyaṃ sunve túbʰyaṃ pavate tvámasya pāhi |
tváṃ ha yáṃ cakṛṣé tváṃ vavṛṣá índuṃ mádāya yújyāya sómam || 1||







sá īṃ rátʰo ná bʰuriṣā́ḷayoji maháḥ purū́ṇi sātáye vásūni |
ā́dīṃ víśvā nahuṣyā̀ṇi jātā́ svàrṣātā vána ūrdʰvā́ navanta || 2||







vāyúrná yó niyútvām̐ iṣṭáyāmā nā́satyeva háva ā́ śámbʰaviṣṭʰaḥ |
viśvávāro draviṇodā́ iva tmánpūṣéva dʰījávano'si soma || 3||







índro ná yó mahā́ kármāṇi cákrirhantā́ vṛtrā́ṇāmasi soma pūrbʰít |
paidvó ná hí tvámáhināmnāṃ hantā́ víśvasyāsi soma dásyoḥ || 4||







agnírná yó vána ā́ sṛjyámāno vṛ́tʰā pā́jāṃsi kṛṇute nadī́ṣu |
jáno ná yúdʰvā mahatá upabdíríyarti sómaḥ pávamāna ūrmím || 5||







eté sómā áti vā́rāṇyávyā divyā́ ná kóśāso abʰrávarṣāḥ |
vṛ́tʰā samudráṃ síndʰavo ná nī́cīḥ sutā́so abʰí kaláśām̐ asṛgran || 6||







śuṣmī́ śárdʰo ná mā́rutaṃ pavasvā́nabʰiśastā divyā́ yátʰā víṭ |
ā́po ná makṣū́ sumatírbʰavā naḥ sahásrāpsāḥ pṛtanāṣā́ṇná yajñáḥ || 7||







rā́jño nú te váruṇasya vratā́ni bṛhádgabʰīráṃ táva soma dʰā́ma |
śúciṣṭvámasi priyó ná mitró dakṣā́yyo aryamévāsi soma || 8||








Sūkta 9.89 

pró syá váhniḥ patʰyā̀bʰirasyāndivó ná vṛṣṭíḥ pávamāno akṣāḥ |
sahásradʰāro asadannyàsmé mātúrupástʰe vána ā́ ca sómaḥ || 1||







rā́jā síndʰūnāmavasiṣṭa vā́sa ṛtásya nā́vamā́ruhadrájiṣṭʰām |
apsú drapsó vāvṛdʰe śyenájūto duhá īṃ pitā́ duhá īṃ pitúrjā́m || 2||







siṃháṃ nasanta mádʰvo ayā́saṃ hárimaruṣáṃ divó asyá pátim |
śū́ro yutsú pratʰamáḥ pṛcʰate gā́ ásya cákṣasā pári pātyukṣā́ || 3||







mádʰupṛṣṭʰaṃ gʰorámayā́samáśvaṃ rátʰe yuñjantyurucakrá ṛṣvám |
svásāra īṃ jāmáyo marjayanti sánābʰayo vājínamūrjayanti || 4||







cátasra īṃ gʰṛtadúhaḥ sacante samāné antárdʰarúṇe níṣattāḥ |
tā́ īmarṣanti námasā punānā́stā́ īṃ viśvátaḥ pári ṣanti pūrvī́ḥ || 5||







viṣṭambʰó divó dʰarúṇaḥ pṛtʰivyā́ víśvā utá kṣitáyo háste asya |
ásatta útso gṛṇaté niyútvānmádʰvo aṃśúḥ pavata indriyā́ya || 6||







vanvánnávāto abʰí devávītimíndrāya soma vṛtrahā́ pavasva |
śagdʰí maháḥ puruścandrásya rāyáḥ suvī́ryasya pátayaḥ syāma || 7||








Sūkta 9.90 

prá hinvānó janitā́ ródasyo rátʰo ná vā́jaṃ saniṣyánnayāsīt |
índraṃ gácʰannā́yudʰā saṃśíśāno víśvā vásu hástayorādádʰānaḥ || 1||







abʰí tripṛṣṭʰáṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ vayodʰā́māṅgūṣā́ṇāmavāvaśanta vā́ṇīḥ |
vánā vásāno váruṇo ná síndʰūnví ratnadʰā́ dayate vā́ryāṇi || 2||







śū́ragrāmaḥ sárvavīraḥ sáhāvāñjétā pavasva sánitā dʰánāni |
tigmā́yudʰaḥ kṣiprádʰanvā samátsváṣāḷhaḥ sāhvā́npṛ́tanāsu śátrūn || 3||







urúgavyūtirábʰayāni kṛṇvánsamīcīné ā́ pavasvā púraṃdʰī |
apáḥ síṣāsannuṣásaḥ svàrgā́ḥ sáṃ cikrado mahó asmábʰyaṃ vā́jān || 4||







mátsi soma váruṇaṃ mátsi mitráṃ mátsī́ndramindo pavamāna víṣṇum |
mátsi śárdʰo mā́rutaṃ mátsi devā́nmátsi mahā́míndramindo mádāya || 5||







evā́ rā́jeva krátumām̐ ámena víśvā gʰánigʰnadduritā́ pavasva |
índo sūktā́ya vácase váyo dʰā yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 6||








Sūkta 9.91 

ásarji vákvā rátʰye yátʰājaú dʰiyā́ manótā pratʰamó manīṣī́ |
dáśa svásāro ádʰi sā́no ávyé'janti váhniṃ sádanānyácʰa || 1||







vītī́ jánasya divyásya kavyaírádʰi suvānó nahuṣyèbʰirínduḥ |
prá yó nṛ́bʰiramṛ́to mártyebʰirmarmṛjānó'vibʰirgóbʰiradbʰíḥ || 2||







vṛ́ṣā vṛ́ṣṇe róruvadaṃśúrasmai pávamāno rúśadīrte páyo góḥ |
sahásramṛ́kvā patʰíbʰirvacovídadʰvasmábʰiḥ sū́ro áṇvaṃ ví yāti || 3||







rujā́ dṛḷhā́ cidrakṣásaḥ sádāṃsi punāná inda ūrṇuhi ví vā́jān |
vṛścópáriṣṭāttujatā́ vadʰéna yé ánti dūrā́dupanāyámeṣām || 4||







sá pratnavánnávyase viśvavāra sūktā́ya patʰáḥ kṛṇuhi prā́caḥ |
yé duḥṣáhāso vanúṣā bṛhántastā́m̐ste aśyāma purukṛtpurukṣo || 5||







evā́ punānó apáḥ svàrgā́ asmábʰyaṃ tokā́ tánayāni bʰū́ri |
śáṃ naḥ kṣétramurú jyótīṃṣi soma jyóṅnaḥ sū́ryaṃ dṛśáye rirīhi || 6||








Sūkta 9.92 

pári suvānó háriraṃśúḥ pavítre rátʰo ná sarji sanáye hiyānáḥ |
ā́pacʰlókamindriyáṃ pūyámānaḥ práti devā́m̐ ajuṣata práyobʰiḥ || 1||







ácʰā nṛcákṣā asaratpavítre nā́ma dádʰānaḥ kavírasya yónau |
sī́danhóteva sádane camū́ṣū́pemagmannṛ́ṣayaḥ saptá víprāḥ || 2||







prá sumedʰā́ gātuvídviśvádevaḥ sómaḥ punānáḥ sáda eti nítyam |
bʰúvadvíśveṣu kā́vyeṣu rántā́nu jánānyatate páñca dʰī́raḥ || 3||







táva tyé soma pavamāna niṇyé víśve devā́stráya ekādaśā́saḥ |
dáśa svadʰā́bʰirádʰi sā́no ávye mṛjánti tvā nadyàḥ saptá yahvī́ḥ || 4||







tánnú satyáṃ pávamānasyāstu yátra víśve kārávaḥ saṃnásanta |
jyótiryádáhne ákṛṇodu lokáṃ prā́vanmánuṃ dásyave karabʰī́kam || 5||







pári sádmeva paśumā́nti hótā rā́jā ná satyáḥ sámitīriyānáḥ |
sómaḥ punānáḥ kaláśām̐ ayāsītsī́danmṛgó ná mahiṣó váneṣu || 6||








Sūkta 9.93 

sākamúkṣo marjayanta svásāro dáśa dʰī́rasya dʰītáyo dʰánutrīḥ |
háriḥ páryadravajjā́ḥ sū́ryasya dróṇaṃ nanakṣe átyo ná vājī́ || 1||







sáṃ mātṛ́bʰirná śíśurvāvaśānó vṛ́ṣā dadʰanve puruvā́ro adbʰíḥ |
máryo ná yóṣāmabʰí niṣkṛtáṃ yánsáṃ gacʰate kaláśa usríyābʰiḥ || 2||







utá prá pipya ū́dʰarágʰnyāyā índurdʰā́rābʰiḥ sacate sumedʰā́ḥ |
mūrdʰā́naṃ gā́vaḥ páyasā camū́ṣvabʰí śrīṇanti vásubʰirná niktaíḥ || 3||







sá no devébʰiḥ pavamāna radéndo rayímaśvínaṃ vāvaśānáḥ |
ratʰirāyátāmuśatī́ púraṃdʰirasmadryàgā́ dāváne vásūnām || 4||







nū́ no rayímúpa māsva nṛvántaṃ punānó vātā́pyaṃ viśváścandram |
prá vanditúrindo tāryā́yuḥ prātármakṣū́ dʰiyā́vasurjagamyāt || 5||








Sūkta 9.94 

ádʰi yádasminvājínīva śúbʰa spárdʰante dʰíyaḥ sū́rye ná víśaḥ |
apó vṛṇānáḥ pavate kavīyánvrajáṃ ná paśuvárdʰanāya mánma || 1||







dvitā́ vyūrṇvánnamṛ́tasya dʰā́ma svarvíde bʰúvanāni pratʰanta |
dʰíyaḥ pinvānā́ḥ svásare ná gā́va ṛtāyántīrabʰí vāvaśra índum || 2||







pári yátkavíḥ kā́vyā bʰárate śū́ro ná rátʰo bʰúvanāni víśvā |
devéṣu yáśo mártāya bʰū́ṣandákṣāya rāyáḥ purubʰū́ṣu návyaḥ || 3||







śriyé jātáḥ śriyá ā́ níriyāya śríyaṃ váyo jaritṛ́bʰyo dadʰāti |
śríyaṃ vásānā amṛtatvámāyanbʰávanti satyā́ samitʰā́ mitádrau || 4||







íṣamū́rjamabʰyàrṣā́śvaṃ gā́murú jyótiḥ kṛṇuhi mátsi devā́n |
víśvāni hí suṣáhā tā́ni túbʰyaṃ pávamāna bā́dʰase soma śátrūn || 5||








Sūkta 9.95 

kánikranti hárirā́ sṛjyámānaḥ sī́danvánasya jaṭʰáre punānáḥ |
nṛ́bʰiryatáḥ kṛṇute nirṇíjaṃ gā́ áto matī́rjanayata svadʰā́bʰiḥ || 1||







háriḥ sṛjānáḥ patʰyā̀mṛtásyéyarti vā́camaritéva nā́vam |
devó devā́nāṃ gúhyāni nā́māvíṣkṛṇoti barhíṣi pravā́ce || 2||







apā́mivédūrmáyastárturāṇāḥ prá manīṣā́ īrate sómamácʰa |
namasyántīrúpa ca yánti sáṃ cā́ ca viśantyuśatī́ruśántam || 3||







táṃ marmṛjānáṃ mahiṣáṃ ná sā́nāvaṃśúṃ duhantyukṣáṇaṃ giriṣṭʰā́m |
táṃ vāvaśānáṃ matáyaḥ sacante tritó bibʰarti váruṇaṃ samudré || 4||







íṣyanvā́camupavaktéva hótuḥ punāná indo ví ṣyā manīṣā́m |
índraśca yátkṣáyatʰaḥ saúbʰagāya suvī́ryasya pátayaḥ syāma || 5||








Sūkta 9.96 

prá senānī́ḥ śū́ro ágre rátʰānāṃ gavyánneti hárṣate asya sénā |
bʰadrā́nkṛṇvánnindrahavā́nsákʰibʰya ā́ sómo vástrā rabʰasā́ni datte || 1||







sámasya háriṃ hárayo mṛjantyaśvahayaírániśitaṃ námobʰiḥ |
ā́ tiṣṭʰati rátʰamíndrasya sákʰā vidvā́m̐ enā sumatíṃ yātyácʰa || 2||







sá no deva devátāte pavasva mahé soma psárasa indrapā́naḥ |
kṛṇvánnapó varṣáyandyā́mutémā́murórā́ no varivasyā punānáḥ || 3||







ájītayé'hataye pavasva svastáye sarvátātaye bṛhaté |
táduśanti víśva imé sákʰāyastádaháṃ vaśmi pavamāna soma || 4||







sómaḥ pavate janitā́ matīnā́ṃ janitā́ divó janitā́ pṛtʰivyā́ḥ |
janitā́gnérjanitā́ sū́ryasya janiténdrasya janitótá víṣṇoḥ || 5||







brahmā́ devā́nāṃ padavī́ḥ kavīnā́mṛ́ṣirvíprāṇāṃ mahiṣó mṛgā́ṇām |
śyenó gṛ́dʰrāṇāṃ svádʰitirvánānāṃ sómaḥ pavítramátyeti rébʰan || 6||







prā́vīvipadvācá ūrmíṃ ná síndʰurgíraḥ sómaḥ pávamāno manīṣā́ḥ |
antáḥ páśyanvṛjánemā́varāṇyā́ tiṣṭʰati vṛṣabʰó góṣu jānán || 7||







sá matsaráḥ pṛtsú vanvánnávātaḥ sahásraretā abʰí vā́jamarṣa |
índrāyendo pávamāno manīṣyàṃśorūrmímīraya gā́ iṣaṇyán || 8||







pári priyáḥ kaláśe devávāta índrāya sómo ráṇyo mádāya |
sahásradʰāraḥ śatávāja índurvājī́ ná sáptiḥ sámanā jigāti || 9||







sá pūrvyó vasuvíjjā́yamāno mṛjānó apsú duduhānó ádrau |
abʰiśastipā́ bʰúvanasya rā́jā vidádgātúṃ bráhmaṇe pūyámānaḥ || 10||







tváyā hí naḥ pitáraḥ soma pū́rve kármāṇi cakrúḥ pavamāna dʰī́rāḥ |
vanvánnávātaḥ paridʰī́m̐ráporṇu vīrébʰiráśvairmagʰávā bʰavā naḥ || 11||







yátʰā́pavatʰā mánave vayodʰā́ amitrahā́ varivovíddʰavíṣmān |
evā́ pavasva dráviṇaṃ dádʰāna índre sáṃ tiṣṭʰa janáyā́yudʰāni || 12||







pávasva soma mádʰumām̐ ṛtā́vāpó vásāno ádʰi sā́no ávye |
áva dróṇāni gʰṛtávānti sīda madíntamo matsará indrapā́naḥ || 13||







vṛṣṭíṃ diváḥ śatádʰāraḥ pavasva sahasrasā́ vājayúrdevávītau |
sáṃ síndʰubʰiḥ kaláśe vāvaśānáḥ sámusríyābʰiḥ pratiránna ā́yuḥ || 14||







eṣá syá sómo matíbʰiḥ punānó'tyo ná vājī́ táratī́dárātīḥ |
páyo ná dugdʰámáditeriṣirámurvìva gātúḥ suyámo ná vóḷhā || 15||







svāyudʰáḥ sotṛ́bʰiḥ pūyámāno'bʰyàrṣa gúhyaṃ cā́ru nā́ma |
abʰí vā́jaṃ sáptiriva śravasyā́bʰí vāyúmabʰí gā́ deva soma || 16||







śíśuṃ jajñānáṃ haryatáṃ mṛjanti śumbʰánti váhniṃ marúto gaṇéna |
kavírgīrbʰíḥ kā́vyenā kavíḥ sánsómaḥ pavítramátyeti rébʰan || 17||







ṛ́ṣimanā yá ṛṣikṛ́tsvarṣā́ḥ sahásraṇītʰaḥ padavī́ḥ kavīnā́m |
tṛtī́yaṃ dʰā́ma mahiṣáḥ síṣāsansómo virā́jamánu rājati ṣṭúp || 18||







camūṣácʰyenáḥ śakunó vibʰṛ́tvā govindúrdrapsá ā́yudʰāni bíbʰrat |
apā́mūrmíṃ sácamānaḥ samudráṃ turī́yaṃ dʰā́ma mahiṣó vivakti || 19||







máryo ná śubʰrástanvàṃ mṛjānó'tyo ná sṛ́tvā sanáye dʰánānām |
vṛ́ṣeva yūtʰā́ pári kóśamárṣankánikradaccamvòrā́ viveśa || 20||







pávasvendo pávamāno máhobʰiḥ kánikradatpári vā́rāṇyarṣa |
krī́ḷañcamvòrā́ viśa pūyámāna índraṃ te ráso madiró mamattu || 21||







prā́sya dʰā́rā bṛhatī́rasṛgrannaktó góbʰiḥ kaláśām̐ ā́ viveśa |
sā́ma kṛṇvánsāmanyò vipaścítkrándannetyabʰí sákʰyurná jāmím || 22||







apagʰnánneṣi pavamāna śátrūnpriyā́ṃ ná jāró abʰígīta índuḥ |
sī́danváneṣu śakunó ná pátvā sómaḥ punānáḥ kaláśeṣu sáttā || 23||







ā́ te rúcaḥ pávamānasya soma yóṣeva yanti sudúgʰāḥ sudʰārā́ḥ |
hárirā́nītaḥ puruvā́ro apsvácikradatkaláśe devayūnā́m || 24||








Sūkta 9.97 

asyá preṣā́ hemánā pūyámāno devó devébʰiḥ sámapṛkta rásam |
sutáḥ pavítraṃ páryeti rébʰanmitéva sádma paśumā́nti hótā || 1||







bʰadrā́ vástrā samanyā̀ vásāno mahā́nkavírnivácanāni śáṃsan |
ā́ vacyasva camvòḥ pūyámāno vicakṣaṇó jā́gṛvirdevávītau || 2||







sámu priyó mṛjyate sā́no ávye yaśástaro yaśásāṃ kṣaíto asmé |
abʰí svara dʰánvā pūyámāno yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 3||







prá gāyatābʰyàrcāma devā́nsómaṃ hinota mahaté dʰánāya |
svādúḥ pavāte áti vā́ramávyamā́ sīdāti kaláśaṃ devayúrnaḥ || 4||







índurdevā́nāmúpa sakʰyámāyánsahásradʰāraḥ pavate mádāya |
nṛ́bʰi stávāno ánu dʰā́ma pū́rvamáganníndraṃ mahaté saúbʰagāya || 5||







stotré rāyé hárirarṣā punāná índraṃ mádo gacʰatu te bʰárāya |
devaíryāhi sarátʰaṃ rā́dʰo ácʰā yūyáṃ pāta svastíbʰiḥ sádā naḥ || 6||







prá kā́vyamuśáneva bruvāṇó devó devā́nāṃ jánimā vivakti |
máhivrataḥ śúcibandʰuḥ pāvakáḥ padā́ varāhó abʰyèti rébʰan || 7||







prá haṃsā́sastṛpálaṃ manyúmácʰāmā́dástaṃ vṛ́ṣagaṇā ayāsuḥ |
āṅgūṣyàṃ pavamānaṃ sákʰāyo durmárṣaṃ sākáṃ prá vadanti vāṇám || 8||







sá raṃhata urugāyásya jūtíṃ vṛ́tʰā krī́ḷantaṃ mimate ná gā́vaḥ |
parīṇasáṃ kṛṇute tigmáśṛṅgo dívā hárirdádṛśe náktamṛjráḥ || 9||







índurvājī́ pavate gónyogʰā índre sómaḥ sáha ínvanmádāya |
hánti rákṣo bā́dʰate páryárātīrvárivaḥ kṛṇvánvṛjánasya rā́jā || 10||







ádʰa dʰā́rayā mádʰvā pṛcānástiró róma pavate ádridugdʰaḥ |
índuríndrasya sakʰyáṃ juṣāṇó devó devásya matsaró mádāya || 11||







abʰí priyā́ṇi pavate punānó devó devā́nsvéna rásena pṛñcán |
índurdʰármāṇyṛtutʰā́ vásāno dáśa kṣípo avyata sā́no ávye || 12||







vṛ́ṣā śóṇo abʰikánikradadgā́ nadáyanneti pṛtʰivī́mutá dyā́m |
índrasyeva vagnúrā́ śṛṇva ājaú pracetáyannarṣati vā́camémā́m || 13||







rasā́yyaḥ páyasā pínvamāna īráyanneṣi mádʰumantamaṃśúm |
pávamānaḥ saṃtanímeṣi kṛṇvánníndrāya soma pariṣicyámānaḥ || 14||







evā́ pavasva madiró mádāyodagrābʰásya namáyanvadʰasnaíḥ |
pári várṇaṃ bʰáramāṇo rúśantaṃ gavyúrno arṣa pári soma siktáḥ || 15||







juṣṭvī́ na indo supátʰā sugā́nyuraú pavasva várivāṃsi kṛṇván |
gʰanéva víṣvagduritā́ni vigʰnánnádʰi ṣṇúnā dʰanva sā́no ávye || 16||







vṛṣṭíṃ no arṣa divyā́ṃ jigatnúmíḷāvatīṃ śaṃgáyīṃ jīrádānum |
stúkeva vītā́ dʰanvā vicinvánbándʰūm̐rimā́m̐ ávarām̐ indo vāyū́n || 17||







grantʰíṃ ná ví ṣya gratʰitáṃ punāná ṛjúṃ ca gātúṃ vṛjináṃ ca soma |
átyo ná krado hárirā́ sṛjānó máryo deva dʰanva pastyā̀vān || 18||







júṣṭo mádāya devátāta indo pári ṣṇúnā dʰanva sā́no ávye |
sahásradʰāraḥ surabʰírádabdʰaḥ pári srava vā́jasātau nṛṣáhye || 19||







araśmā́no yè'ratʰā́ áyuktā átyāso ná sasṛjānā́sa ājaú |
eté śukrā́so dʰanvanti sómā dévāsastā́m̐ úpa yātā píbadʰyai || 20||







evā́ na indo abʰí devávītiṃ pári srava nábʰo árṇaścamū́ṣu |
sómo asmábʰyaṃ kā́myaṃ bṛhántaṃ rayíṃ dadātu vīrávantamugrám || 21||







tákṣadyádī mánaso vénato vā́gjyéṣṭʰasya vā dʰármaṇi kṣóránīke |
ā́dīmāyanváramā́ vāvaśānā́ júṣṭaṃ pátiṃ kaláśe gā́va índum || 22||







prá dānudó divyó dānupinvá ṛtámṛtā́ya pavate sumedʰā́ḥ |
dʰarmā́ bʰuvadvṛjanyàsya rā́jā prá raśmíbʰirdaśábʰirbʰāri bʰū́ma || 23||







pavítrebʰiḥ pávamāno nṛcákṣā rā́jā devā́nāmutá mártyānām |
dvitā́ bʰuvadrayipátī rayīṇā́mṛtáṃ bʰaratsúbʰṛtaṃ cā́rvínduḥ || 24||







árvām̐ iva śrávase sātímácʰéndrasya vāyórabʰí vītímarṣa |
sá naḥ sahásrā bṛhatī́ríṣo dā bʰávā soma draviṇovítpunānáḥ || 25||







devāvyò naḥ pariṣicyámānāḥ kṣáyaṃ suvī́raṃ dʰanvantu sómāḥ |
āyajyávaḥ sumatíṃ viśvávārā hótāro ná diviyájo mandrátamāḥ || 26||







evā́ deva devátāte pavasva mahé soma psárase devapā́naḥ |
maháściddʰí ṣmási hitā́ḥ samaryé kṛdʰí suṣṭʰāné ródasī punānáḥ || 27||







áśvo nó krado vṛ́ṣabʰiryujānáḥ siṃhó ná bʰīmó mánaso jávīyān |
arvācī́naiḥ patʰíbʰiryé rájiṣṭʰā ā́ pavasva saumanasáṃ na indo || 28||







śatáṃ dʰā́rā devájātā asṛgransahásramenāḥ kaváyo mṛjanti |
índo sanítraṃ divá ā́ pavasva puraetā́si maható dʰánasya || 29||







divó ná sárgā asasṛgramáhnāṃ rā́jā ná mitráṃ prá mināti dʰī́raḥ |
pitúrná putráḥ krátubʰiryatāná ā́ pavasva viśé asyā́ ájītim || 30||







prá te dʰā́rā mádʰumatīrasṛgranvā́rānyátpūtó atyéṣyávyān |
pávamāna pávase dʰā́ma gónāṃ jajñānáḥ sū́ryamapinvo arkaíḥ || 31||







kánikradadánu pántʰāmṛtásya śukró ví bʰāsyamṛ́tasya dʰā́ma |
sá índrāya pavase matsarávānhinvānó vā́caṃ matíbʰiḥ kavīnā́m || 32||







divyáḥ suparṇó'va cakṣi soma pínvandʰā́rāḥ kármaṇā devávītau |
éndo viśa kaláśaṃ somadʰā́naṃ krándannihi sū́ryasyópa raśmím || 33||







tisró vā́ca īrayati prá váhnirṛtásya dʰītíṃ bráhmaṇo manīṣā́m |
gā́vo yanti gópatiṃ pṛcʰámānāḥ sómaṃ yanti matáyo vāvaśānā́ḥ || 34||







sómaṃ gā́vo dʰenávo vāvaśānā́ḥ sómaṃ víprā matíbʰiḥ pṛcʰámānāḥ |
sómaḥ sutáḥ pūyate ajyámānaḥ sóme arkā́striṣṭúbʰaḥ sáṃ navante || 35||







evā́ naḥ soma pariṣicyámāna ā́ pavasva pūyámānaḥ svastí |
índramā́ viśa bṛhatā́ ráveṇa vardʰáyā vā́caṃ janáyā púraṃdʰim || 36||







ā́ jā́gṛvirvípra ṛtā́ matīnā́ṃ sómaḥ punānó asadaccamū́ṣu |
sápanti yáṃ mitʰunā́so níkāmā adʰvaryávo ratʰirā́saḥ suhástāḥ || 37||







sá punāná úpa sū́re ná dʰā́tóbʰé aprā ródasī ví ṣá āvaḥ |
priyā́ cidyásya priyasā́sa ūtī́ sá tū́ dʰánaṃ kāríṇe ná prá yaṃsat || 38||







sá vardʰitā́ várdʰanaḥ pūyámānaḥ sómo mīḍʰvā́m̐ abʰí no jyótiṣāvīt |
yénā naḥ pū́rve pitáraḥ padajñā́ḥ svarvído abʰí gā́ ádrimuṣṇán || 39||







ákrānsamudráḥ pratʰamé vídʰarmañjanáyanprajā́ bʰúvanasya rā́jā |
vṛ́ṣā pavítre ádʰi sā́no ávye bṛhátsómo vāvṛdʰe suvāná índuḥ || 40||







maháttátsómo mahiṣáścakārāpā́ṃ yádgárbʰó'vṛṇīta devā́n |
ádadʰādíndre pávamāna ójó'janayatsū́rye jyótirínduḥ || 41||







mátsi vāyúmiṣṭáye rā́dʰase ca mátsi mitrā́váruṇā pūyámānaḥ |
mátsi śárdʰo mā́rutaṃ mátsi devā́nmátsi dyā́vāpṛtʰivī́ deva soma || 42||







ṛjúḥ pavasva vṛjinásya hantā́pā́mīvāṃ bā́dʰamāno mṛ́dʰaśca |
abʰiśrīṇánpáyaḥ páyasābʰí gónāmíndrasya tváṃ táva vayáṃ sákʰāyaḥ || 43||







mádʰvaḥ sū́daṃ pavasva vásva útsaṃ vīráṃ ca na ā́ pavasvā bʰágaṃ ca |
svádasvéndrāya pávamāna indo rayíṃ ca na ā́ pavasvā samudrā́t || 44||







sómaḥ sutó dʰā́rayā́tyo ná hítvā síndʰurná nimnámabʰí vājyàkṣāḥ |
ā́ yóniṃ ványamasadatpunānáḥ sámíndurgóbʰirasaratsámadbʰíḥ || 45||







eṣá syá te pavata indra sómaścamū́ṣu dʰī́ra uśaté távasvān |
svàrcakṣā ratʰiráḥ satyáśuṣmaḥ kā́mo ná yó devayatā́másarji || 46||







eṣá pratnéna váyasā punānástiró várpāṃsi duhitúrdádʰānaḥ |
vásānaḥ śárma trivárūtʰamapsú hóteva yāti sámaneṣu rébʰan || 47||







nū́ nastváṃ ratʰiró deva soma pári srava camvòḥ pūyámānaḥ |
apsú svā́diṣṭʰo mádʰumām̐ ṛtā́vā devó ná yáḥ savitā́ satyámanmā || 48||







abʰí vāyúṃ vītyàrṣā gṛṇānò'bʰí mitrā́váruṇā pūyámānaḥ |
abʰī́ náraṃ dʰījávanaṃ ratʰeṣṭʰā́mabʰī́ndraṃ vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ vájrabāhum || 49||







abʰí vástrā suvasanā́nyarṣābʰí dʰenū́ḥ sudúgʰāḥ pūyámānaḥ |
abʰí candrā́ bʰártave no híraṇyābʰyáśvānratʰíno deva soma || 50||







abʰī́ no arṣa divyā́ vásūnyabʰí víśvā pā́rtʰivā pūyámānaḥ |
abʰí yéna dráviṇamaśnávāmābʰyā̀rṣeyáṃ jamadagnivánnaḥ || 51||







ayā́ pavā́ pavasvainā́ vásūni mām̐ścatvá indo sárasi prá dʰanva |
bradʰnáścidátra vā́to ná jūtáḥ purumédʰaścittákave náraṃ dāt || 52||







utá na enā́ pavayā́ pavasvā́dʰi śruté śravā́yyasya tīrtʰé |
ṣaṣṭíṃ sahásrā naigutó vásūni vṛkṣáṃ ná pakváṃ dʰūnavadráṇāya || 53||







máhīmé asya vṛ́ṣanā́ma śūṣé mā́m̐ścatve vā pṛ́śane vā vádʰatre |
ásvāpayannigútaḥ sneháyaccā́pāmítrām̐ ápācíto acetáḥ || 54||







sáṃ trī́ pavítrā vítatānyeṣyánvékaṃ dʰāvasi pūyámānaḥ |
ási bʰágo ási dātrásya dātā́si magʰávā magʰávadbʰya indo || 55||







eṣá viśvavítpavate manīṣī́ sómo víśvasya bʰúvanasya rā́jā |
drapsā́m̐ īráyanvidátʰeṣvíndurví vā́ramávyaṃ samáyā́ti yāti || 56||







índuṃ rihanti mahiṣā́ ádabdʰāḥ padé rebʰanti kaváyo ná gṛ́dʰrāḥ |
hinvánti dʰī́rā daśábʰiḥ kṣípābʰiḥ sámañjate rūpámapā́ṃ rásena || 57||







tváyā vayáṃ pávamānena soma bʰáre kṛtáṃ ví cinuyāma śáśvat |
tánno mitró váruṇo māmahantāmáditiḥ síndʰuḥ pṛtʰivī́ utá dyaúḥ || 58||








Sūkta 9.98 

abʰí no vājasā́tamaṃ rayímarṣa puruspṛ́ham |
índo sahásrabʰarṇasaṃ tuvidyumnáṃ vibʰvāsáham || 1||







pári ṣyá suvānó avyáyaṃ rátʰe ná vármāvyata |
índurabʰí drúṇā hitó hiyānó dʰā́rābʰirakṣāḥ || 2||







pári ṣyá suvānó akṣā índurávye mádacyutaḥ |
dʰā́rā yá ūrdʰvó adʰvaré bʰrājā́ naíti gavyayúḥ || 3||







sá hí tváṃ deva śáśvate vásu mártāya dāśúṣe |
índo sahasríṇaṃ rayíṃ śatā́tmānaṃ vivāsasi || 4||







vayáṃ te asyá vṛtrahanváso vásvaḥ puruspṛ́haḥ |
ní nédiṣṭʰatamā iṣáḥ syā́ma sumnásyādʰrigo || 5||







dvíryáṃ páñca sváyaśasaṃ svásāro ádrisaṃhatam |
priyámíndrasya kā́myaṃ prasnāpáyantyūrmíṇam || 6||







pári tyáṃ haryatáṃ háriṃ babʰrúṃ punanti vā́reṇa |
yó devā́nvíśvām̐ ítpári mádena sahá gácʰati || 7||







asyá vo hyávasā pā́nto dakṣasā́dʰanam |
yáḥ sūríṣu śrávo bṛháddadʰé svàrṇá haryatáḥ || 8||







sá vāṃ yajñéṣu mānavī índurjaniṣṭa rodasī |
devó devī giriṣṭʰā́ ásredʰantáṃ tuviṣváṇi || 9||







índrāya soma pā́tave vṛtragʰné pári ṣicyase |
náre ca dákṣiṇāvate devā́ya sadanāsáde || 10||







té pratnā́so vyùṣṭiṣu sómāḥ pavítre akṣaran |
apaprótʰantaḥ sanutárhuraścítaḥ prātástā́m̐ ápracetasaḥ || 11||







táṃ sakʰāyaḥ purorúcaṃ yūyáṃ vayáṃ ca sūráyaḥ |
aśyā́ma vā́jagandʰyaṃ sanéma vā́japastyam || 12||








Sūkta 9.99 

ā́ haryatā́ya dʰṛṣṇáve dʰánustanvanti paúṃsyam |
śukrā́ṃ vayantyásurāya nirṇíjaṃ vipā́mágre mahīyúvaḥ || 1||







ádʰa kṣapā́ páriṣkṛto vā́jām̐ abʰí prá gāhate |
yádī vivásvato dʰíyo háriṃ hinvánti yā́tave || 2||







támasya marjayāmasi mádo yá indrapā́tamaḥ |
yáṃ gā́va āsábʰirdadʰúḥ purā́ nūnáṃ ca sūráyaḥ || 3||







táṃ gā́tʰayā purāṇyā́ punānámabʰyànūṣata |
utó kṛpanta dʰītáyo devā́nāṃ nā́ma bíbʰratīḥ || 4||







támukṣámāṇamavyáye vā́re punanti dʰarṇasím |
dūtáṃ ná pūrvácittaya ā́ śāsate manīṣíṇaḥ || 5||







sá punānó madíntamaḥ sómaścamū́ṣu sīdati |
paśaú ná réta ādádʰatpátirvacasyate dʰiyáḥ || 6||







sá mṛjyate sukármabʰirdevó devébʰyaḥ sutáḥ |
vidé yádāsu saṃdadírmahī́rapó ví gāhate || 7||







sutá indo pavítra ā́ nṛ́bʰiryató ví nīyase |
índrāya matsaríntamaścamū́ṣvā́ ní ṣīdasi || 8||








Sūkta 9.100 

abʰī́ navante adrúhaḥ priyámíndrasya kā́myam |
vatsáṃ ná pū́rva ā́yuni jātáṃ rihanti mātáraḥ || 1||







punāná indavā́ bʰara sóma dvibárhasaṃ rayím |
tváṃ vásūni puṣyasi víśvāni dāśúṣo gṛhé || 2||







tváṃ dʰíyaṃ manoyújaṃ sṛjā́ vṛṣṭíṃ ná tanyatúḥ |
tváṃ vásūni pā́rtʰivā divyā́ ca soma puṣyasi || 3||







pári te jigyúṣo yatʰā dʰā́rā sutásya dʰāvati |
ráṃhamāṇā vyàvyáyaṃ vā́raṃ vājī́va sānasíḥ || 4||







krátve dákṣāya naḥ kave pávasva soma dʰā́rayā |
índrāya pā́tave sutó mitrā́ya váruṇāya ca || 5||







pávasva vājasā́tamaḥ pavítre dʰā́rayā sutáḥ |
índrāya soma víṣṇave devébʰyo mádʰumattamaḥ || 6||







tvā́ṃ rihanti mātáro háriṃ pavítre adrúhaḥ |
vatsáṃ jātáṃ ná dʰenávaḥ pávamāna vídʰarmaṇi || 7||







pávamāna máhi śrávaścitrébʰiryāsi raśmíbʰiḥ |
śárdʰantámāṃsi jigʰnase víśvāni dāśúṣo gṛhé || 8||







tváṃ dyā́ṃ ca mahivrata pṛtʰivī́ṃ cā́ti jabʰriṣe |
práti drāpímamuñcatʰāḥ pávamāna mahitvanā́ || 9||








Sūkta 9.101 

purójitī vo ándʰasaḥ sutā́ya mādayitnáve |
ápa śvā́naṃ śnatʰiṣṭana sákʰāyo dīrgʰajihvyàm || 1||







yó dʰā́rayā pāvakáyā pariprasyándate sutáḥ |
índuráśvo ná kṛ́tvyaḥ || 2||







táṃ duróṣamabʰī́ náraḥ sómaṃ viśvā́cyā dʰiyā́ |
yajñáṃ hinvantyádribʰiḥ || 3||







sutā́so mádʰumattamāḥ sómā índrāya mandínaḥ |
pavítravanto akṣarandevā́ngacʰantu vo mádāḥ || 4||







índuríndrāya pavata íti devā́so abruvan |
vācáspátirmakʰasyate víśvasyéśāna ójasā || 5||







sahásradʰāraḥ pavate samudró vācamīṅkʰayáḥ |
sómaḥ pátī rayīṇā́ṃ sákʰéndrasya divédive || 6||







ayáṃ pūṣā́ rayírbʰágaḥ sómaḥ punānó arṣati |
pátirvíśvasya bʰū́mano vyàkʰyadródasī ubʰé || 7||







sámu priyā́ anūṣata gā́vo mádāya gʰṛ́ṣvayaḥ |
sómāsaḥ kṛṇvate patʰáḥ pávamānāsa índavaḥ || 8||







yá ójiṣṭʰastámā́ bʰara pávamāna śravā́yyam |
yáḥ páñca carṣaṇī́rabʰí rayíṃ yéna vánāmahai || 9||







sómāḥ pavanta índavo'smábʰyaṃ gātuvíttamāḥ |
mitrā́ḥ suvānā́ arepásaḥ svādʰyàḥ svarvídaḥ || 10||







suṣvāṇā́so vyádribʰiścítānā górádʰi tvací |
íṣamasmábʰyamabʰítaḥ sámasvaranvasuvídaḥ || 11||







eté pūtā́ vipaścítaḥ sómāso dádʰyāśiraḥ |
sū́ryāso ná darśatā́so jigatnávo dʰruvā́ gʰṛté || 12||







prá sunvānásyā́ndʰaso márto ná vṛta tádvácaḥ |
ápa śvā́namarādʰásaṃ hatā́ makʰáṃ ná bʰṛ́gavaḥ || 13||







ā́ jāmírátke avyata bʰujé ná putrá oṇyòḥ |
sárajjāró ná yóṣaṇāṃ varó ná yónimāsádam || 14||







sá vīró dakṣasā́dʰano ví yástastámbʰa ródasī |
háriḥ pavítre avyata vedʰā́ ná yónimāsádam || 15||







ávyo vā́rebʰiḥ pavate sómo gávye ádʰi tvací |
kánikradadvṛ́ṣā háriríndrasyābʰyèti niṣkṛtám || 16||








Sūkta 9.102 

krāṇā́ śíśurmahī́nāṃ hinvánnṛtásya dī́dʰitim |
víśvā pári priyā́ bʰuvadádʰa dvitā́ || 1||







úpa tritásya pāṣyòrábʰakta yádgúhā padám |
yajñásya saptá dʰā́mabʰirádʰa priyám || 2||







trī́ṇi tritásya dʰā́rayā pṛṣṭʰéṣvérayā rayím |
mímīte asya yójanā ví sukrátuḥ || 3||







jajñānáṃ saptá mātáro vedʰā́maśāsata śriyé |
ayáṃ dʰruvó rayīṇā́ṃ cíketa yát || 4||







asyá vraté sajóṣaso víśve devā́so adrúhaḥ |
spārhā́ bʰavanti rántayo juṣánta yát || 5||







yámī gárbʰamṛtāvṛ́dʰo dṛśé cā́rumájījanan |
kavíṃ máṃhiṣṭʰamadʰvaré puruspṛ́ham || 6||







samīcīné abʰí tmánā yahvī́ ṛtásya mātárā |
tanvānā́ yajñámānuṣágyádañjaté || 7||







krátvā śukrébʰirakṣábʰirṛṇórápa vrajáṃ diváḥ |
hinvánnṛtásya dī́dʰitiṃ prā́dʰvaré || 8||








Sūkta 9.103 

prá punānā́ya vedʰáse sómāya váca údyatam |
bʰṛtíṃ ná bʰarā matíbʰirjújoṣate || 1||







pári vā́rāṇyavyáyā góbʰirañjānó arṣati |
trī́ ṣadʰástʰā punānáḥ kṛṇute háriḥ || 2||







pári kóśaṃ madʰuścútamavyáye vā́re arṣati |
abʰí vā́ṇīrṛ́ṣīṇāṃ saptá nūṣata || 3||







pári ṇetā́ matīnā́ṃ viśvádevo ádābʰyaḥ |
sómaḥ punānáścamvòrviśaddʰáriḥ || 4||







pári daívīránu svadʰā́ índreṇa yāhi sarátʰam |
punānó vāgʰádvāgʰádbʰirámartyaḥ || 5||







pári sáptirná vājayúrdevó devébʰyaḥ sutáḥ |
vyānaśíḥ pávamāno ví dʰāvati || 6||








Sūkta 9.104 

sákʰāya ā́ ní ṣīdata punānā́ya prá gāyata |
śíśuṃ ná yajñaíḥ pári bʰūṣata śriyé || 1||







sámī vatsáṃ ná mātṛ́bʰiḥ sṛjátā gayasā́dʰanam |
devāvyàṃ madamabʰí dvíśavasam || 2||







punā́tā dakṣasā́dʰanaṃ yátʰā śárdʰāya vītáye |
yátʰā mitrā́ya váruṇāya śáṃtamaḥ || 3||







asmábʰyaṃ tvā vasuvídamabʰí vā́ṇīranūṣata |
góbʰiṣṭe várṇamabʰí vāsayāmasi || 4||







sá no madānāṃ pata índo devápsarā asi |
sákʰeva sákʰye gātuvíttamo bʰava || 5||







sánemi kṛdʰyàsmádā́ rakṣásaṃ káṃ cidatríṇam |
ápā́devaṃ dvayúmáṃho yuyodʰi naḥ || 6||








Sūkta 9.105 

táṃ vaḥ sakʰāyo mádāya punānámabʰí gāyata |
śíśuṃ ná yajñaíḥ svadayanta gūrtíbʰiḥ || 1||







sáṃ vatsá iva mātṛ́bʰiríndurhinvānó ajyate |
devāvī́rmádo matíbʰiḥ páriṣkṛtaḥ || 2||







ayáṃ dákṣāya sā́dʰano'yáṃ śárdʰāya vītáye |
ayáṃ devébʰyo mádʰumattamaḥ sutáḥ || 3||







gómanna indo áśvavatsutáḥ sudakṣa dʰanva |
śúciṃ te várṇamádʰi góṣu dīdʰaram || 4||







sá no harīṇāṃ pata índo devápsarastamaḥ |
sákʰeva sákʰye náryo rucé bʰava || 5||







sánemi tvámasmádā́m̐ ádevaṃ káṃ cidatríṇam |
sāhvā́m̐ indo pári bā́dʰo ápa dvayúm || 6||








Sūkta 9.106 

índramácʰa sutā́ imé vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ yantu hárayaḥ |
śruṣṭī́ jātā́sa índavaḥ svarvídaḥ || 1||







ayáṃ bʰárāya sānasíríndrāya pavate sutáḥ |
sómo jaítrasya cetati yátʰā vidé || 2||







asyédíndro mádeṣvā́ grābʰáṃ gṛbʰṇīta sānasím |
vájraṃ ca vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ bʰaratsámapsujít || 3||







prá dʰanvā soma jā́gṛviríndrāyendo pári srava |
dyumántaṃ śúṣmamā́ bʰarā svarvídam || 4||







índrāya vṛ́ṣaṇaṃ mádaṃ pávasva viśvádarśataḥ |
sahásrayāmā patʰikṛ́dvicakṣaṇáḥ || 5||







asmábʰyaṃ gātuvíttamo devébʰyo mádʰumattamaḥ |
sahásraṃ yāhi patʰíbʰiḥ kánikradat || 6||







pávasva devávītaya índo dʰā́rābʰirójasā |
ā́ kaláśaṃ mádʰumānsoma naḥ sadaḥ || 7||







táva drapsā́ udaprúta índraṃ mádāya vāvṛdʰuḥ |
tvā́ṃ devā́so amṛ́tāya káṃ papuḥ || 8||







ā́ naḥ sutāsa indavaḥ punānā́ dʰāvatā rayím |
vṛṣṭídyāvo rītyāpaḥ svarvídaḥ || 9||







sómaḥ punāná ūrmíṇā́vyo vā́raṃ ví dʰāvati |
ágre vācáḥ pávamānaḥ kánikradat || 10||







dʰībʰírhinvanti vājínaṃ váne krī́ḷantamátyavim |
abʰí tripṛṣṭʰáṃ matáyaḥ sámasvaran || 11||







ásarji kaláśām̐ abʰí mīḷhé sáptirná vājayúḥ |
punānó vā́caṃ janáyannasiṣyadat || 12||







pávate haryató háriráti hvárāṃsi ráṃhyā |
abʰyárṣanstotṛ́bʰyo vīrávadyáśaḥ || 13||







ayā́ pavasva devayúrmádʰordʰā́rā asṛkṣata |
rébʰanpavítraṃ páryeṣi viśvátaḥ || 14||








Sūkta 9.107 

párītó ṣiñcatā sutáṃ sómo yá uttamáṃ havíḥ |
dadʰanvā́m̐ yó náryo apsvàntárā́ suṣā́va sómamádribʰiḥ || 1||







nūnáṃ punānó'vibʰiḥ pári sravā́dabdʰaḥ surabʰíntaraḥ |
suté cittvāpsú madāmo ándʰasā śrīṇánto góbʰirúttaram || 2||







pári suvānáścákṣase devamā́danaḥ kráturíndurvicakṣaṇáḥ || 3||







punānáḥ soma dʰā́rayāpó vásāno arṣasi |
ā́ ratnadʰā́ yónimṛtásya sīdasyútso deva hiraṇyáyaḥ || 4||







duhāná ū́dʰardivyáṃ mádʰu priyáṃ pratnáṃ sadʰástʰamā́sadat |
āpṛ́cʰyaṃ dʰarúṇaṃ vājyàrṣati nṛ́bʰirdʰūtó vicakṣaṇáḥ || 5||







punānáḥ soma jā́gṛvirávyo vā́re pári priyáḥ |
tváṃ vípro abʰavó'ṅgirastamo mádʰvā yajñáṃ mimikṣa naḥ || 6||







sómo mīḍʰvā́npavate gātuvíttama ṛ́ṣirvípro vicakṣaṇáḥ |
tváṃ kavírabʰavo devavī́tama ā́ sū́ryaṃ rohayo diví || 7||







sóma u ṣuvāṇáḥ sotṛ́bʰirádʰi ṣṇúbʰirávīnām |
áśvayeva harítā yāti dʰā́rayā mandráyā yāti dʰā́rayā || 8||







anūpé gómāngóbʰirakṣāḥ sómo dugdʰā́bʰirakṣāḥ |
samudráṃ ná saṃváraṇānyagmanmandī́ mádāya tośate || 9||







ā́ soma suvānó ádribʰistiró vā́rāṇyavyáyā |
jáno ná purí camvòrviśaddʰáriḥ sádo váneṣu dadʰiṣe || 10||







sá māmṛje tiró áṇvāni meṣyò mīḷhé sáptirná vājayúḥ |
anumā́dyaḥ pávamāno manīṣíbʰiḥ sómo víprebʰirṛ́kvabʰiḥ || 11||







prá soma devávītaye síndʰurná pipye árṇasā |
aṃśóḥ páyasā madiró ná jā́gṛvirácʰā kóśaṃ madʰuścútam || 12||







ā́ haryató árjune átke avyata priyáḥ sūnúrná márjyaḥ |
támīṃ hinvantyapáso yátʰā rátʰaṃ nadī́ṣvā́ gábʰastyoḥ || 13||







abʰí sómāsa āyávaḥ pávante mádyaṃ mádam |
samudrásyā́dʰi viṣṭápi manīṣíṇo matsarā́saḥ svarvídaḥ || 14||







táratsamudráṃ pávamāna ūrmíṇā rā́jā devá ṛtáṃ bṛhát |
árṣanmitrásya váruṇasya dʰármaṇā prá hinvāná ṛtáṃ bṛhát || 15||







nṛ́bʰiryemānó haryató vicakṣaṇó rā́jā deváḥ samudríyaḥ || 16||







índrāya pavate mádaḥ sómo marútvate sutáḥ |
sahásradʰāro átyávyamarṣati támī mṛjantyāyávaḥ || 17||







punānáścamū́ janáyanmatíṃ kavíḥ sómo devéṣu raṇyati |
apó vásānaḥ pári góbʰirúttaraḥ sī́danváneṣvavyata || 18||







távāháṃ soma rāraṇa sakʰyá indo divédive |
purū́ṇi babʰro ní caranti mā́máva paridʰī́m̐ráti tā́m̐ ihi || 19||







utā́háṃ náktamutá soma te dívā sakʰyā́ya babʰra ū́dʰani |
gʰṛṇā́ tápantamáti sū́ryaṃ paráḥ śakunā́ iva paptima || 20||







mṛjyámānaḥ suhastya samudré vā́caminvasi |
rayíṃ piśáṅgaṃ bahuláṃ puruspṛ́haṃ pávamānābʰyàrṣasi || 21||







mṛjānó vā́re pávamāno avyáye vṛ́ṣā́va cakrado váne |
devā́nāṃ soma pavamāna niṣkṛtáṃ góbʰirañjānó arṣasi || 22||







pávasva vā́jasātaye'bʰí víśvāni kā́vyā |
tváṃ samudráṃ pratʰamó ví dʰārayo devébʰyaḥ soma matsaráḥ || 23||







sá tū́ pavasva pári pā́rtʰivaṃ rájo divyā́ ca soma dʰármabʰiḥ |
tvā́ṃ víprāso matíbʰirvicakṣaṇa śubʰráṃ hinvanti dʰītíbʰiḥ || 24||







pávamānā asṛkṣata pavítramáti dʰā́rayā |
marútvanto matsarā́ indriyā́ háyā medʰā́mabʰí práyāṃsi ca || 25||







apó vásānaḥ pári kóśamarṣatī́ndurhiyānáḥ sotṛ́bʰiḥ |
janáyañjyótirmandánā avīvaśadgā́ḥ kṛṇvānó ná nirṇíjam || 26||








Sūkta 9.108 

pávasva mádʰumattama índrāya soma kratuvíttamo mádaḥ |
máhi dyukṣátamo mádaḥ || 1||







yásya te pītvā́ vṛṣabʰó vṛṣāyáte'syá pītā́ svarvídaḥ |
sá supráketo abʰyàkramīdíṣó'cʰā vā́jaṃ naítaśaḥ || 2||







tváṃ hyàṅgá daívyā pávamāna jánimāni dyumáttamaḥ |
amṛtatvā́ya gʰoṣáyaḥ || 3||







yénā návagvo dadʰyáṅṅaporṇuté yéna víprāsa āpiré |
devā́nāṃ sumné amṛ́tasya cā́ruṇo yéna śrávāṃsyānaśúḥ || 4||







eṣá syá dʰā́rayā sutó'vyo vā́rebʰiḥ pavate madíntamaḥ |
krī́ḷannūrmírapā́miva || 5||







yá usríyā ápyā antáráśmano nírgā́ ákṛntadójasā |
abʰí vrajáṃ tatniṣe gávyamáśvyaṃ varmī́va dʰṛṣṇavā́ ruja || 6||







ā́ sotā pári ṣiñcatā́śvaṃ ná stómamaptúraṃ rajastúram |
vanakrakṣámudaprútam || 7||







sahásradʰāraṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ payovṛ́dʰaṃ priyáṃ devā́ya jánmane |
ṛténa yá ṛtájāto vivāvṛdʰé rā́jā devá ṛtáṃ bṛhát || 8||







abʰí dyumnáṃ bṛhádyáśa íṣaspate didīhí deva devayúḥ |
ví kóśaṃ madʰyamáṃ yuva || 9||







ā́ vacyasva sudakṣa camvòḥ sutó viśā́ṃ váhnirná viśpátiḥ |
vṛṣṭíṃ diváḥ pavasva rītímapā́ṃ jínvā gáviṣṭaye dʰíyaḥ || 10||







etámu tyáṃ madacyútaṃ sahásradʰāraṃ vṛṣabʰáṃ dívo duhuḥ |
víśvā vásūni bíbʰratam || 11||







vṛ́ṣā ví jajñe janáyannámartyaḥ pratápañjyótiṣā támaḥ |
sá súṣṭutaḥ kavíbʰirnirṇíjaṃ dadʰe tridʰā́tvasya dáṃsasā || 12||







sá sunve yó vásūnāṃ yó rāyā́mānetā́ yá íḷānām |
sómo yáḥ sukṣitīnā́m || 13||







yásya na índraḥ píbādyásya marúto yásya vāryamáṇā bʰágaḥ |
ā́ yéna mitrā́váruṇā kárāmaha éndramávase mahé || 14||







índrāya soma pā́tave nṛ́bʰiryatáḥ svāyudʰó madíntamaḥ |
pávasva mádʰumattamaḥ || 15||







índrasya hā́rdi somadʰā́namā́ viśa samudrámiva síndʰavaḥ |
júṣṭo mitrā́ya váruṇāya vāyáve divó viṣṭambʰá uttamáḥ || 16||








Sūkta 9.109 

pári prá dʰanvéndrāya soma svādúrmitrā́ya pūṣṇé bʰágāya || 1||







índraste soma sutásya peyāḥ krátve dákṣāya víśve ca devā́ḥ || 2||







evā́mṛ́tāya mahé kṣáyāya sá śukró arṣa divyáḥ pīyū́ṣaḥ || 3||







pávasva soma mahā́nsamudráḥ pitā́ devā́nāṃ víśvābʰí dʰā́ma || 4||







śukráḥ pavasva devébʰyaḥ soma divé pṛtʰivyaí śáṃ ca prajā́yai || 5||







divó dʰartā́si śukráḥ pīyū́ṣaḥ satyé vídʰarmanvājī́ pavasva || 6||







pávasva soma dyumnī́ sudʰāró mahā́mávīnāmánu pūrvyáḥ || 7||







nṛ́bʰiryemānó jajñānáḥ pūtáḥ kṣáradvíśvāni mandráḥ svarvít || 8||







índuḥ punānáḥ prajā́murāṇáḥ káradvíśvāni dráviṇāni naḥ || 9||







pávasva soma krátve dákṣāyā́śvo ná niktó vājī́ dʰánāya || 10||







táṃ te sotā́ro rásaṃ mádāya punánti sómaṃ mahé dyumnā́ya || 11||







śíśuṃ jajñānáṃ háriṃ mṛjanti pavítre sómaṃ devébʰya índum || 12||







índuḥ paviṣṭa cā́rurmádāyāpā́mupástʰe kavírbʰágāya || 13||







bíbʰarti cā́rvíndrasya nā́ma yéna víśvāni vṛtrā́ jagʰā́na || 14||







píbantyasya víśve devā́so góbʰiḥ śrītásya nṛ́bʰiḥ sutásya || 15||







prá suvānó akṣāḥ sahásradʰārastiráḥ pavítraṃ ví vā́ramávyam || 16||







sá vājyàkṣāḥ sahásraretā adbʰírmṛjānó góbʰiḥ śrīṇānáḥ || 17||







prá soma yāhī́ndrasya kukṣā́ nṛ́bʰiryemānó ádribʰiḥ sutáḥ || 18||







ásarji vājī́ tiráḥ pavítramíndrāya sómaḥ sahásradʰāraḥ || 19||







añjántyenaṃ mádʰvo rásenéndrāya vṛ́ṣṇa índuṃ mádāya || 20||







devébʰyastvā vṛ́tʰā pā́jase'pó vásānaṃ háriṃ mṛjanti || 21||







índuríndrāya tośate ní tośate śrīṇánnugró riṇánnapáḥ || 22||








Sūkta 9.110 

páryū ṣú prá dʰanva vā́jasātaye pári vṛtrā́ṇi sakṣáṇiḥ |
dviṣástarádʰyā ṛṇayā́ na īyase || 1||







ánu hí tvā sutáṃ soma mádāmasi mahé samaryarā́jye |
vā́jām̐ abʰí pavamāna prá gāhase || 2||







ájījano hí pavamāna sū́ryaṃ vidʰā́re śákmanā páyaḥ |
gójīrayā ráṃhamāṇaḥ púraṃdʰyā || 3||







ájījano amṛta mártyeṣvā́m̐ ṛtásya dʰármannamṛ́tasya cā́ruṇaḥ |
sádāsaro vā́jamácʰā sániṣyadat || 4||







abʰyàbʰi hí śrávasā tatárditʰótsaṃ ná káṃ cijjanapā́namákṣitam |
śáryābʰirná bʰáramāṇo gábʰastyoḥ || 5||







ā́dīṃ ké citpáśyamānāsa ā́pyaṃ vasurúco divyā́ abʰyànūṣata |
vā́raṃ ná deváḥ savitā́ vyūrṇute || 6||







tvé soma pratʰamā́ vṛktábarhiṣo mahé vā́jāya śrávase dʰíyaṃ dadʰuḥ |
sá tváṃ no vīra vīryā̀ya codaya || 7||







diváḥ pīyū́ṣaṃ pūrvyáṃ yáduktʰyàṃ mahó gāhā́ddivá ā́ níradʰukṣata |
índramabʰí jā́yamānaṃ sámasvaran || 8||







ádʰa yádimé pavamāna ródasī imā́ ca víśvā bʰúvanābʰí majmánā |
yūtʰé ná niṣṭʰā́ vṛṣabʰó ví tiṣṭʰase || 9||







sómaḥ punānó avyáye vā́re śíśurná krī́ḷanpávamāno akṣāḥ |
sahásradʰāraḥ śatávāja índuḥ || 10||







eṣá punānó mádʰumām̐ ṛtā́véndrāyénduḥ pavate svādúrūrmíḥ |
vājasánirvarivovídvayodʰā́ḥ || 11||







sá pavasva sáhamānaḥ pṛtanyū́nsédʰanrákṣāṃsyápa durgáhāṇi |
svāyudʰáḥ sāsahvā́nsoma śátrūn || 12||








Sūkta 9.111 

ayā́ rucā́ háriṇyā punānó víśvā dvéṣāṃsi tarati svayúgvabʰiḥ sū́ro ná svayúgvabʰiḥ |
dʰā́rā sutásya rocate punānó aruṣó háriḥ |
víśvā yádrūpā́ pariyā́tyṛ́kvabʰiḥ saptā́syebʰirṛ́kvabʰiḥ || 1||







tváṃ tyátpaṇīnā́ṃ vido vásu sáṃ mātṛ́bʰirmarjayasi svá ā́ dáma ṛtásya dʰītíbʰirdáme |
parāváto ná sā́ma tádyátrā ráṇanti dʰītáyaḥ |
tridʰā́tubʰiráruṣībʰirváyo dadʰe rócamāno váyo dadʰe || 2||







pū́rvāmánu pradíśaṃ yāti cékitatsáṃ raśmíbʰiryatate darśató rátʰo daívyo darśató rátʰaḥ |
ágmannuktʰā́ni paúṃsyéndraṃ jaítrāya harṣayan |
vájraśca yádbʰávatʰo ánapacyutā samátsvánapacyutā || 3||








Sūkta 9.112 

nānānáṃ vā́ u no dʰíyo ví vratā́ni jánānām |
tákṣā riṣṭáṃ rutáṃ bʰiṣágbrahmā́ sunvántamicʰatī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 1||







járatībʰiróṣadʰībʰiḥ parṇébʰiḥ śakunā́nām |
kārmāró áśmabʰirdyúbʰirhíraṇyavantamicʰatī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 2||







kārúraháṃ tató bʰiṣágupalaprakṣíṇī nanā́ |
nā́nādʰiyo vasūyávó'nu gā́ iva tastʰiméndrāyendo pári srava || 3||







áśvo vóḷhā sukʰáṃ rátʰaṃ hasanā́mupamantríṇaḥ |
śépo rómaṇvantau bʰedaú vā́rínmaṇḍū́ka icʰatī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 4||








Sūkta 9.113 

śaryaṇā́vati sómamíndraḥ pibatu vṛtrahā́ |
bálaṃ dádʰāna ātmáni kariṣyánvīryàṃ mahádíndrāyendo pári srava || 1||







ā́ pavasva diśāṃ pata ārjīkā́tsoma mīḍʰvaḥ |
ṛtavākéna satyéna śraddʰáyā tápasā sutá índrāyendo pári srava || 2||







parjányavṛddʰaṃ mahiṣáṃ táṃ sū́ryasya duhitā́bʰarat |
táṃ gandʰarvā́ḥ prátyagṛbʰṇantáṃ sóme rásamā́dadʰuríndrāyendo pári srava || 3||







ṛtáṃ vádannṛtadyumna satyáṃ vádansatyakarman |
śraddʰā́ṃ vádansoma rājandʰātrā́ soma páriṣkṛta índrāyendo pári srava || 4||







satyámugrasya bṛhatáḥ sáṃ sravanti saṃsravā́ḥ |
sáṃ yanti rasíno rásāḥ punānó bráhmaṇā hara índrāyendo pári srava || 5||







yátra brahmā́ pavamāna cʰandasyā̀ṃ vācaṃ vádan |
grā́vṇā sóme mahīyáte sómenānandáṃ janáyanníndrāyendo pári srava || 6||







yátra jyótirájasraṃ yásmim̐ loké svarhitám |
tásminmā́ṃ dʰehi pavamānāmṛ́te loké ákṣita índrāyendo pári srava || 7||







yátra rā́jā vaivasvató yátrāvaródʰanaṃ diváḥ |
yátrāmū́ryahvátīrā́pastátra mā́mamṛ́taṃ kṛdʰī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 8||







yátrānukāmáṃ cáraṇaṃ trināké tridivé diváḥ |
lokā́ yátra jyótiṣmantastátra mā́mamṛ́taṃ kṛdʰī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 9||







yátra kā́mā nikāmā́śca yátra bradʰnásya viṣṭápam |
svadʰā́ ca yátra tṛ́ptiśca tátra mā́mamṛ́taṃ kṛdʰī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 10||







yátrānandā́śca módāśca múdaḥ pramúda ā́sate |
kā́masya yátrāptā́ḥ kā́māstátra mā́mamṛ́taṃ kṛdʰī́ndrāyendo pári srava || 11||








Sūkta 9.114 

yá índoḥ pávamānasyā́nu dʰā́mānyákramīt |
támāhuḥ suprajā́ íti yáste somā́vidʰanmána índrāyendo pári srava || 1||







ṛ́ṣe mantrakṛ́tāṃ stómaiḥ káśyapodvardʰáyangíraḥ |
sómaṃ namasya rā́jānaṃ yó jajñé vīrúdʰāṃ pátiríndrāyendo pári srava || 2||







saptá díśo nā́nāsūryāḥ saptá hótāra ṛtvíjaḥ |
devā́ ādityā́ yé saptá tébʰiḥ somābʰí rakṣa na índrāyendo pári srava || 3||







yátte rājañcʰṛtáṃ havísténa somābʰí rakṣa naḥ |
arātīvā́ mā́ nastārīnmó ca naḥ kíṃ canā́mamadíndrāyendo pári srava || 4||